Upload
vanguard
View
263
Download
3
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
Vanguard Catalog 2012 with vanguardworld.de links
Citation preview
TRIPODS | CASES | BAGS | SPORTING OPTICS2012 PHOTO-VIDEO COLLECTION
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
TripodsAuctus Plus
AuctusAbeo
Alta ProAlta Pro Kit
Alta+Alta+ Kit
Nivelo CollectionEspod Plus/Espod
MAKElite CP/Tracker AP/Espod AM
0608101214161820222426
Xcenior TrolleyXcenior Shoulder Bag
SkyborneThe Heralder
OutlawzKinray
UP-Rise Backpack/Sling BagUP-Rise Messenger Bag
UP-Rise Shoulder/Zoom BagAdaptor
BIIN Backpack/DaypackBIIN Sling Bag
BIIN Shoulder/Zoom BagSydney
PampasNivelo Bag
2GOICS Vest/Belt/Harness
ICS Bags/PouchesCamera Pouches
5254565860626466687072737476788082848688
Bags
Endeavor EDSpirit ED
Spirit PlusSpirit XF
Venture PlusOrros
MarinerDM&MZ
Endeavor Spotting ScopesHigh Plains
TechnicalAccessories
Specifications
106108110111112113114115116118120121124
Optics
BBHGH
SBHPH
PH Window mountsVS/Quick Shoe
AccessoriesSpecifications
Compatibilities
303234363840414246
Heads
SupremeX-Pedition/VGPSpecifications
Compatibilities
949698
102
Cases
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
TripodsAuctus Plus
AuctusAbeo
Alta ProAlta Pro Kit
Alta+Alta+ Kit
Nivelo CollectionEspod Plus/Espod
MAKElite CP/Tracker AP/Espod AM
0608101214161820222426
Xcenior TrolleyXcenior Shoulder Bag
SkyborneThe Heralder
OutlawzKinray
UP-Rise Backpack/Sling BagUP-Rise Messenger Bag
UP-Rise Shoulder/Zoom BagAdaptor
BIIN Backpack/DaypackBIIN Sling Bag
BIIN Shoulder/Zoom BagSydney
PampasNivelo Bag
2GOICS Vest/Belt/Harness
ICS Bags/PouchesCamera Pouches
5254565860626466687072737476788082848688
Bags
Endeavor EDSpirit ED
Spirit PlusSpirit XF
Venture PlusOrros
MarinerDM&MZ
Endeavor Spotting ScopesHigh Plains
TechnicalAccessories
Specifications
106108110111112113114115116118120121124
Optics
BBHGH
SBHPH
PH Window mountsVS/Quick Shoe
AccessoriesSpecifications
Compatibilities
303234363840414246
Heads
SupremeX-Pedition/VGPSpecifications
Compatibilities
949698
102
Cases
TRIPODS
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
TRIPODS
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
TripodsAuctus Plus series
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Auctus Plus 283CT
Auctus Plus 284AT
28 mm4
| ||
|
625 mm1600 mm1445 mm
14 kg3.40 kg |
24 1/2
63 in56 7/8 in
30.9 lbs7.49 lbs
32 mm3
| ||
|
710 mm1800 mm1450 mm
18 kg4.05 kg |
28 in70 7/8 in57 1/8 in
39.7 lbs8.93 lbs
32 mm4
| 25 in|66 7/8 in|57 1/8 in
|39.7 lbs
635 mm1700 mm1470 mm
Macro Height |190 mm 7 1/2 in |190 mm 7 1/2 in |7 1/2 in190 mm
18 kg3.90 kg |8.60 lbs
Auctus Plus 323CT
Auctus Plus 323AT
Auctus Plus 283AT
Auctus Plus 324AT
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
28 mm3
680 mm| 1700 mm|1360 mm|
14 kg|3.15 kg|
26 3/4 in66 7/8 in53 1/2 in
30.9 lbs6.94 lbs
332 mm
| 28 in| 70 7/8 in| 57 1/8 in
| 39.7 lbs
710 mm1800 mm1450 mm
18 kg3.65 kg | 8.04 lbs
28 mm3
| 26 3/4 in|66 7/8 in|53 1/2 in
|30.9 lbs
680 mm1700 mm1360 mm
Macro Height 190 mm|7 1/2 in | 7 1/2 in190 mm |7 1/2 in190 mm
14 kg3.45 kg |7.61 lbs
FEATURES● Extreme Support Height Positioning (ESHP)
Wheel System● Dust and sand-deterring, rock-solid, strong leg
locks provide reliable protection● Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to
angled, textured rubber● Anti-shock ring● Legs available in aluminum and carbon fiber● Large bubble level● One twist to loosen leg locks● Strap attachment ring● Rubber foam grip● Leg scale for precise height adjustment● Center column tension control
•Solid leg locks:Dust and sand-deterring,
rock-solid, strong leg locks provide reliable protection.
•Quick leg angle adjustment:Simply pull the leg cap up to
adjust leg angles from 25, 50 & 80 degree angles.
•All-terrain feet with bonus snow shoes:Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber.
Innovative locking camera screw wheel
3/8”
1/4”
3/8”
• Screw adapts from 1/4” to 3/8”
• Elevating central column plate
Extre
me Su
pport H
eight Positioning (ESHP) Wheel System:
• Ultra-smooth ESHP Wheel System is a dual-function wheel gear that
adjusts central column height smoothly and securely while
supporting heavy gear.
• Easy height adjustment by gear even while supporting heavy gear
• Impressively precise ESHP Wheel System also
enables height fine tuning, while supporting an
extreme loading weight.
• Auctus Plus 323CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
For Auctus Plus 323CT
VANGUARD’s top-of-the-line Auctus Plus tripod is loved by photographers for its stability and flexibility. It’s designed to go from a studio to an outdoor shoot in a snap.
Auctus Plus’ leg locks are exceptionally solid and secure, and they seal out dust and sand to provide impressive reliability. Setup is quick, too, with one-twist-to-loosen leg locks. Unique All-terrain Feet convert from
anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber for use on an array of terrains. It’s flexible, too, with legs that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles for use on uneven terrain and for low angle photography.
Other features include large bubble level, anti-shock ring, leg scales for precise height adjustment, rubber foam grips and bonus snow shoes.
06 07
TripodsAuctus Plus series
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Auctus Plus 283CT
Auctus Plus 284AT
28 mm4
| ||
|
625 mm1600 mm1445 mm
14 kg3.40 kg |
24 1/2
63 in56 7/8 in
30.9 lbs7.49 lbs
32 mm3
| ||
|
710 mm1800 mm1450 mm
18 kg4.05 kg |
28 in70 7/8 in57 1/8 in
39.7 lbs8.93 lbs
32 mm4
| 25 in|66 7/8 in|57 1/8 in
|39.7 lbs
635 mm1700 mm1470 mm
Macro Height |190 mm 7 1/2 in |190 mm 7 1/2 in |7 1/2 in190 mm
18 kg3.90 kg |8.60 lbs
Auctus Plus 323CT
Auctus Plus 323AT
Auctus Plus 283AT
Auctus Plus 324AT
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
28 mm3
680 mm| 1700 mm|1360 mm|
14 kg|3.15 kg|
26 3/4 in66 7/8 in53 1/2 in
30.9 lbs6.94 lbs
332 mm
| 28 in| 70 7/8 in| 57 1/8 in
| 39.7 lbs
710 mm1800 mm1450 mm
18 kg3.65 kg | 8.04 lbs
28 mm3
| 26 3/4 in|66 7/8 in|53 1/2 in
|30.9 lbs
680 mm1700 mm1360 mm
Macro Height 190 mm|7 1/2 in | 7 1/2 in190 mm |7 1/2 in190 mm
14 kg3.45 kg |7.61 lbs
FEATURES● Extreme Support Height Positioning (ESHP)
Wheel System● Dust and sand-deterring, rock-solid, strong leg
locks provide reliable protection● Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to
angled, textured rubber● Anti-shock ring● Legs available in aluminum and carbon fiber● Large bubble level● One twist to loosen leg locks● Strap attachment ring● Rubber foam grip● Leg scale for precise height adjustment● Center column tension control
•Solid leg locks:Dust and sand-deterring,
rock-solid, strong leg locks provide reliable protection.
•Quick leg angle adjustment:Simply pull the leg cap up to
adjust leg angles from 25, 50 & 80 degree angles.
•All-terrain feet with bonus snow shoes:Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber.
Innovative locking camera screw wheel
3/8”
1/4”
3/8”
• Screw adapts from 1/4” to 3/8”
• Elevating central column plate
Extre
me Su
pport H
eight Positioning (ESHP) Wheel System:
• Ultra-smooth ESHP Wheel System is a dual-function wheel gear that
adjusts central column height smoothly and securely while
supporting heavy gear.
• Easy height adjustment by gear even while supporting heavy gear
• Impressively precise ESHP Wheel System also
enables height fine tuning, while supporting an
extreme loading weight.
• Auctus Plus 323CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
For Auctus Plus 323CT
VANGUARD’s top-of-the-line Auctus Plus tripod is loved by photographers for its stability and flexibility. It’s designed to go from a studio to an outdoor shoot in a snap.
Auctus Plus’ leg locks are exceptionally solid and secure, and they seal out dust and sand to provide impressive reliability. Setup is quick, too, with one-twist-to-loosen leg locks. Unique All-terrain Feet convert from
anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber for use on an array of terrains. It’s flexible, too, with legs that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles for use on uneven terrain and for low angle photography.
Other features include large bubble level, anti-shock ring, leg scales for precise height adjustment, rubber foam grips and bonus snow shoes.
06 07
TripodsAuctus series
Folded Height
Extended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. Loading
Weight
Auctus 323CT
32 mm
3
710 mm| 28 in
1800 mm|70 7/8 in
1450 mm|57 1/8 in
18 kg|39.7 lbs
3.40 kg|7.50 lbs
Auctus 283CT
28 mm
3
| 26 3/4 in
|66 7/8 in
|53 1/2 in
|30.9 lbs
680 mm
1700 mm
1360 mm
14 kg
2.90 kg|6.39 lbs
Auctus 283AT
28 mm
3
| 26 3/4 in
|66 7/8 in
|53 1/2 in
|30.9 lbs
680 mm
1700 mm
1360 mm
14 kg
3.20 kg|7.05 lbs
32 mm
3
| 28 in
| 70 7/8 in
| 57 1/8 in
| 39.7 lbs
710 mm
1800 mm
1450 mm
Macro Height 190 mm|7 1/2 in|7 1/2 in190 mm |7 1/2 in190 mm | 7 1/2 in190 mm
18 kg
3.80 kg| 8.38 lbs
Auctus 323AT
FEATURES● Impressive stability and flexibility● Auctus Legs: Dust and sand-deterring,
rock-solid, strong leg locks provide reliable protection
● All-terrain Feet: Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber
● Rapid center column adjustment with friction control
•Solid leg locks:Dust and sand-deterring,
rock-solid, strong leg locks provide reliable protection. •Quick leg angle adjustment:
Simply pull the leg cap up to adjust leg angles from 25,
50 & 80 degree angles.
•All-terrain feet with bonus snow shoes:Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber.
Innovative locking camera screw wheel
3/8”
1/4”
3/8”
• Screw adapts from 1/4” to 3/8”
• Elevating central column plate
• Auctus 283CT• Auctus 283CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
In studio, mountainside, wherever you shoot, Auctus Series tripod performs no matter the locale with great stability and flexibility. It supports large gear with ease and boasts quick setup features. With one-twist-to-loosen leg locks, you’ll be set up and ready in seconds.
Auctus’ leg locks are exceptionally solid, and they seal out dust and even sand on those exciting beachside shoots. Unique All-terrain Feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber for use on an array of
terrains. It’s flexible, too, with legs that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles for use on uneven terrain and for low-angle photography.
Other features include a large bubble level, anti-shock ring, leg scales for precise height adjustment, rubber foam grips and bonus snow shoes.
It shares Auctus Plus Series tripod’s features, minus a height adjustment wheel system.
08 09
TripodsAuctus series
Folded Height
Extended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. Loading
Weight
Auctus 323CT
32 mm
3
710 mm| 28 in
1800 mm|70 7/8 in
1450 mm|57 1/8 in
18 kg|39.7 lbs
3.40 kg|7.50 lbs
Auctus 283CT
28 mm
3
| 26 3/4 in
|66 7/8 in
|53 1/2 in
|30.9 lbs
680 mm
1700 mm
1360 mm
14 kg
2.90 kg|6.39 lbs
Auctus 283AT
28 mm
3
| 26 3/4 in
|66 7/8 in
|53 1/2 in
|30.9 lbs
680 mm
1700 mm
1360 mm
14 kg
3.20 kg|7.05 lbs
32 mm
3
| 28 in
| 70 7/8 in
| 57 1/8 in
| 39.7 lbs
710 mm
1800 mm
1450 mm
Macro Height 190 mm|7 1/2 in|7 1/2 in190 mm |7 1/2 in190 mm | 7 1/2 in190 mm
18 kg
3.80 kg| 8.38 lbs
Auctus 323AT
FEATURES● Impressive stability and flexibility● Auctus Legs: Dust and sand-deterring,
rock-solid, strong leg locks provide reliable protection
● All-terrain Feet: Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber
● Rapid center column adjustment with friction control
•Solid leg locks:Dust and sand-deterring,
rock-solid, strong leg locks provide reliable protection. •Quick leg angle adjustment:
Simply pull the leg cap up to adjust leg angles from 25,
50 & 80 degree angles.
•All-terrain feet with bonus snow shoes:Unique feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber.
Innovative locking camera screw wheel
3/8”
1/4”
3/8”
• Screw adapts from 1/4” to 3/8”
• Elevating central column plate
• Auctus 283CT• Auctus 283CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
In studio, mountainside, wherever you shoot, Auctus Series tripod performs no matter the locale with great stability and flexibility. It supports large gear with ease and boasts quick setup features. With one-twist-to-loosen leg locks, you’ll be set up and ready in seconds.
Auctus’ leg locks are exceptionally solid, and they seal out dust and even sand on those exciting beachside shoots. Unique All-terrain Feet convert from anti-rust spikes to angled, textured rubber for use on an array of
terrains. It’s flexible, too, with legs that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles for use on uneven terrain and for low-angle photography.
Other features include a large bubble level, anti-shock ring, leg scales for precise height adjustment, rubber foam grips and bonus snow shoes.
It shares Auctus Plus Series tripod’s features, minus a height adjustment wheel system.
08 09
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Macro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
HeadFront tilt
Quick ShoeRotation
Max. LoadingWeight
Abeo 243AB Abeo 283AB Abeo 323AB
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
HeadFront tilt
Quick ShoeRotation
Max. LoadingWeight
283
SBH-100+90°~-35°QS-39 x 2
360°
735 mm1685 mm1460 mm
315 mm
28 7/8 in66 3/8 in57 1/2 in12 3/8 in
8 kg2.6 kg
17.6lbs5.73 lbs
323
SBH-250+90°~-35°QS-39 x 2
360°
805 mm1930 mm1620 mm
345 mm
31 5/8 in76 in63 6/8 in13 5/8 in
10 kg3.1 kg
22 lbs6.83 lbs
243
SBH-50+90°~-35°QS-39 x 2
360°
625 mm1570 mm1350 mm
285 mm
24 5/8 in61 6/8 in53 1/8 in11 1/4 in
6 kg2 kg
13.2 lbs4.41 lbs
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|| | |
Abeo 323AV
323
PH-114V+60°~-90°
QS-66360°
785 mm1920 mm1610 mm
325 mm
30 7/8 in75 5/8 in63 3/8 in12 3/4 in
8 kg3.0 kg
17.6 lbs6.61 lbs
||
||
|
Abeo 283AV
283
PH-113V+60°~-90°
QS-66360°
720 mm1670 mm1455 mm
300 mm
28 3/8 in65 3/4 in57 1/4 in11 3/4 in
6 kg2.6 kg
13.2 lbs5.73 lbs
||
||
|
||
FEATURES● Rubber feet for changing terrains● Thick foam on legs enable a secure grip even in
slippery weather ● Anti-twist central column stays in position● Large bubble level on canopy ● 1/4” and 3/8” camera screw interface
• Solid and secure:Abeo’s premium magnesium
die-cast construction provides impressive support for a heavy
loading weight.
• Quick setup and adjustment:Legs individually adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles with
an ergonomic button.
• Low-angle photography:Two-section short column
enables users to position the camera for low-angle shots.
25o 50o
80o
10°
• Anti-twist centralcolumn stays in position
•Rubber feet for changing terrains
•Thick foam on legs enables a secure grip even in slippery wheather
•Large bubble level on canopy
•1/4” and 3/8’’ camerascrew interface
• Abeo 323AV
NEWLimitedLifetimeWarranty
Abeo seriesTripods
Solid. Secure. Sleek. It’s no wonder Abeo Series is one of our most anticipated professional tripods. Whether you’re shooting still or video or both, Abeo is built to support with unwavering reliability and stability thanks to premium magnesium die-cast construction.
Its legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles with an ergonomic release button – ultra fast and securely.
Quick-flip leg locks enable fast setup and are tension adjustable.
Abeo enables unique shots, too, with an easy-to-set-up low-angle adaptor. Available with a pan head or ball head, Abeo supports cameras with large zoom lenses and camcorders with attached gear.
10 11
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Macro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
HeadFront tilt
Quick ShoeRotation
Max. LoadingWeight
Abeo 243AB Abeo 283AB Abeo 323AB
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
HeadFront tilt
Quick ShoeRotation
Max. LoadingWeight
283
SBH-100+90°~-35°QS-39 x 2
360°
735 mm1685 mm1460 mm
315 mm
28 7/8 in66 3/8 in57 1/2 in12 3/8 in
8 kg2.6 kg
17.6lbs5.73 lbs
323
SBH-250+90°~-35°QS-39 x 2
360°
805 mm1930 mm1620 mm
345 mm
31 5/8 in76 in63 6/8 in13 5/8 in
10 kg3.1 kg
22 lbs6.83 lbs
243
SBH-50+90°~-35°QS-39 x 2
360°
625 mm1570 mm1350 mm
285 mm
24 5/8 in61 6/8 in53 1/8 in11 1/4 in
6 kg2 kg
13.2 lbs4.41 lbs
||
||
|
||
||
|
||
||
|| | |
Abeo 323AV
323
PH-114V+60°~-90°
QS-66360°
785 mm1920 mm1610 mm
325 mm
30 7/8 in75 5/8 in63 3/8 in12 3/4 in
8 kg3.0 kg
17.6 lbs6.61 lbs
||
||
|
Abeo 283AV
283
PH-113V+60°~-90°
QS-66360°
720 mm1670 mm1455 mm
300 mm
28 3/8 in65 3/4 in57 1/4 in11 3/4 in
6 kg2.6 kg
13.2 lbs5.73 lbs
||
||
|
||
FEATURES● Rubber feet for changing terrains● Thick foam on legs enable a secure grip even in
slippery weather ● Anti-twist central column stays in position● Large bubble level on canopy ● 1/4” and 3/8” camera screw interface
• Solid and secure:Abeo’s premium magnesium
die-cast construction provides impressive support for a heavy
loading weight.
• Quick setup and adjustment:Legs individually adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles with
an ergonomic button.
• Low-angle photography:Two-section short column
enables users to position the camera for low-angle shots.
25o 50o
80o
10°
• Anti-twist centralcolumn stays in position
•Rubber feet for changing terrains
•Thick foam on legs enables a secure grip even in slippery wheather
•Large bubble level on canopy
•1/4” and 3/8’’ camerascrew interface
• Abeo 323AV
NEWLimitedLifetimeWarranty
Abeo seriesTripods
Solid. Secure. Sleek. It’s no wonder Abeo Series is one of our most anticipated professional tripods. Whether you’re shooting still or video or both, Abeo is built to support with unwavering reliability and stability thanks to premium magnesium die-cast construction.
Its legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles with an ergonomic release button – ultra fast and securely.
Quick-flip leg locks enable fast setup and are tension adjustable.
Abeo enables unique shots, too, with an easy-to-set-up low-angle adaptor. Available with a pan head or ball head, Abeo supports cameras with large zoom lenses and camcorders with attached gear.
10 11
Alta Pro seriesTripods
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingMax. Loading When tilting
Weight
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingMax. Loading When tilting
Weight
Alta Pro 263AT
530 mm|20 7/8 in1550 mm|61 in1330 mm|52 3/8 in
145 mm|5 3/4 in25 mm
47.0 kg|15.4 lbs5.0 kg|11.0 lbs
1.57 kg|3.46 lbs
640 mm| 25 1/4 in1700 mm| 66 7/8 in1365 mm| 53 3/4 in
165 mm| 6 1/2 in28 mm
38.0 kg| 18.0 lbs7.0 kg| 15.4 lbs
1.70 kg| 3.75 lbs
535 mm|21 1/8 in1600 mm|63 in1280 mm|50 3/8 in
130 mm|5 1/8 in28 mm
48.0 kg|18.0 lbs7.0 kg|15.4 lbs
1.73 kg|3.81 lbs
630 mm | 24 3/4 in1650 mm | 65 in1325 mm | 52 1/8 in
160 mm | 6 1/4 in26 mm
37.0 kg | 15.4 lbs5.0 kg | 11.0 lbs2.0 kg | 4.41 lbs
535 mm|21 1/8 in1550 mm|61 in1280 mm|50 3/8 in
150 mm|5 7/8 in26 mm
47.0 kg|15.4 lbs5.0 kg|11.0 lbs
2.10 kg|4.63 lbs
||||
25 mm3||
630 mm1650 mm1340 mm
160 mm
7.0 kg5.0 kg
1.66 kg |
24 3/4 in65 in52 3/4 in6 1/4 in
15.4 lbs11.0 lbs3.66 lbs
Alta Pro 254CT
Alta Pro 264AT
Alta Pro 283CT
Alta Pro 253CT
Alta Pro 284CT
•ISSL :
•MACC :
•Legs : Alluminum alloy
or carbon fiber legs
● MACC system: Multi-Angle Central Column (from 0° to 180°)● ISSL system : Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock● Enables extreme flexibility● Quarter-twist leg locks (carbon fiber)● Quick-flip leg locks (aluminum alloy)● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles
• 1 carrying bag
180°
0°
FEATURES
Mult-AngleCentral Column
Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock
• Alta Pro 283CT • Alta Pro 264AT • Alta Pro 284CT• Alta Pro 254CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
For Alta Pro 283CT
Alta Pro tripod has unmatched flexibility and stability, enabling more angle possibilities than ever before. Its innovative Multi-Angle Central Column (MACC) System allows users to move the central column from 0 to 180-degree angles in variable vertical and horizontal positions making macro-photography and special wide-angle shots a breeze.
The Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock (ISSL) System securely repositions the central column in one simple movement
in just a few seconds while maintaining the tripod’s stabil-ity. Other features include advanced camera vibration and shock control, legs that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles, quarter-twist leg locks (carbon fiber models), patented premium magnesium die-cast canopy and head, hexagon-shaped central column for extra stability, non-slip spiked rubber feet for changing terrains, and a removable hook for hanging camera accessories.
12 13
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Alta Pro seriesTripods
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingMax. Loading When tilting
Weight
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingMax. Loading When tilting
Weight
Alta Pro 263AT
530 mm|20 7/8 in1550 mm|61 in1330 mm|52 3/8 in
145 mm|5 3/4 in25 mm
47.0 kg|15.4 lbs5.0 kg|11.0 lbs
1.57 kg|3.46 lbs
640 mm| 25 1/4 in1700 mm| 66 7/8 in1365 mm| 53 3/4 in
165 mm| 6 1/2 in28 mm
38.0 kg| 18.0 lbs7.0 kg| 15.4 lbs
1.70 kg| 3.75 lbs
535 mm|21 1/8 in1600 mm|63 in1280 mm|50 3/8 in
130 mm|5 1/8 in28 mm
48.0 kg|18.0 lbs7.0 kg|15.4 lbs
1.73 kg|3.81 lbs
630 mm | 24 3/4 in1650 mm | 65 in1325 mm | 52 1/8 in
160 mm | 6 1/4 in26 mm
37.0 kg | 15.4 lbs5.0 kg | 11.0 lbs2.0 kg | 4.41 lbs
535 mm|21 1/8 in1550 mm|61 in1280 mm|50 3/8 in
150 mm|5 7/8 in26 mm
47.0 kg|15.4 lbs5.0 kg|11.0 lbs
2.10 kg|4.63 lbs
||||
25 mm3||
630 mm1650 mm1340 mm
160 mm
7.0 kg5.0 kg
1.66 kg |
24 3/4 in65 in52 3/4 in6 1/4 in
15.4 lbs11.0 lbs3.66 lbs
Alta Pro 254CT
Alta Pro 264AT
Alta Pro 283CT
Alta Pro 253CT
Alta Pro 284CT
•ISSL :
•MACC :
•Legs : Alluminum alloy
or carbon fiber legs
● MACC system: Multi-Angle Central Column (from 0° to 180°)● ISSL system : Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock● Enables extreme flexibility● Quarter-twist leg locks (carbon fiber)● Quick-flip leg locks (aluminum alloy)● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles
• 1 carrying bag
180°
0°
FEATURES
Mult-AngleCentral Column
Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock
• Alta Pro 283CT • Alta Pro 264AT • Alta Pro 284CT• Alta Pro 254CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
For Alta Pro 283CT
Alta Pro tripod has unmatched flexibility and stability, enabling more angle possibilities than ever before. Its innovative Multi-Angle Central Column (MACC) System allows users to move the central column from 0 to 180-degree angles in variable vertical and horizontal positions making macro-photography and special wide-angle shots a breeze.
The Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock (ISSL) System securely repositions the central column in one simple movement
in just a few seconds while maintaining the tripod’s stabil-ity. Other features include advanced camera vibration and shock control, legs that adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles, quarter-twist leg locks (carbon fiber models), patented premium magnesium die-cast canopy and head, hexagon-shaped central column for extra stability, non-slip spiked rubber feet for changing terrains, and a removable hook for hanging camera accessories.
12 13
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Tripod kits
Alta Pro kit series
Folded Height
Extended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. Loading
Weight
Quick Shoe
Rotation
Head
Alta Pro 263AB 100
|||
|
26 mm
3
QS-39 x 2
360°
SBH-100
715 mm
1730 mm
1425 mm
7.0 kg
2.44 kg |
28 1/8 in
68 1/8 in
56 1/8 in
15.4 lbs
5.38 lbs
Alta Pro 264AB 100
|||
26 mm
4
QS-39 x 2
360°
SBH-100
|
625 mm
1625 mm
1390 mm
7.0 kg
2.51 kg|
24 5/8 in
64 in
54 3/4 in
15.4 lbs
5.53 lbs
Alta Pro 263AGH
|||
26 mm
3
QS-65GH
360°
GH-100
|
725 mm
1740 mm
1425 mm
7.0 kg
2.65 kg |
28 1/2 in
68 1/2 in
56 1/8 in
Macro Height |265 mm 10 3/8 in |260 mm 10 1/4 in |265 mm 10 3/8 in
15.4 lbs
5.84 lbs
FEATURES
With ball/grip head25o
50o80o
•Anti-shock ring protects gear
•Double locking systemon SBH ball heads •Quickly adjust to 25°, 50°, 80°
•GH-100 allowsversatile movement
Legs:● Central column moves from
0 to 180 degrees● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and
80-degree angles ● Aluminum alloy or carbon
fiber legs● Hexagon-shaped central
column● Spiked rubber feet● Lightweight magnesium alloy
canopy
Heads:SBH ● Fluid-like ball head● Smooth locking knobs● Outstanding loading capacity (up to 10kg)● 360 degree scale GH-100● GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System: position your
camera as you want with ultra speed ● Friction Control enables precise adjustment to
accommodate changes in equipment weight and balance
● 72-point panoramic, 360-degree panning ● 8-stop handle position● Industry-leading pistol grip style● Bubble level
• 1 carrying bag
• Alta Pro 263AB 100 • Alta Pro 264AB 100
• Alta Pro 263AGH
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
For GH-100
By popular demand, we merged our award-winning Alta Pro tripod with our popular SBH ball head and GH-100 grip head. Alta Pro tripod has unmatched flexibility and stability and enables more angle possibilities than ever before. Its innovative Multi-Angle Central Column (MACC) System allows users to move the central column from 0 to 180-degree angles in variable vertical and horizontal positions, making macro-photography and special wide-angle shots a breeze. The Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock (ISSL) System quickly and securely reposi-tions the central column in one simple movement while maintaining the tripod’s stability.
14 15
Tripod kits
Alta Pro kit series
Folded Height
Extended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. Loading
Weight
Quick Shoe
Rotation
Head
Alta Pro 263AB 100
|||
|
26 mm
3
QS-39 x 2
360°
SBH-100
715 mm
1730 mm
1425 mm
7.0 kg
2.44 kg |
28 1/8 in
68 1/8 in
56 1/8 in
15.4 lbs
5.38 lbs
Alta Pro 264AB 100
|||
26 mm
4
QS-39 x 2
360°
SBH-100
|
625 mm
1625 mm
1390 mm
7.0 kg
2.51 kg|
24 5/8 in
64 in
54 3/4 in
15.4 lbs
5.53 lbs
Alta Pro 263AGH
|||
26 mm
3
QS-65GH
360°
GH-100
|
725 mm
1740 mm
1425 mm
7.0 kg
2.65 kg |
28 1/2 in
68 1/2 in
56 1/8 in
Macro Height |265 mm 10 3/8 in |260 mm 10 1/4 in |265 mm 10 3/8 in
15.4 lbs
5.84 lbs
FEATURES
With ball/grip head25o
50o80o
•Anti-shock ring protects gear
•Double locking systemon SBH ball heads •Quickly adjust to 25°, 50°, 80°
•GH-100 allowsversatile movement
Legs:● Central column moves from
0 to 180 degrees● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and
80-degree angles ● Aluminum alloy or carbon
fiber legs● Hexagon-shaped central
column● Spiked rubber feet● Lightweight magnesium alloy
canopy
Heads:SBH ● Fluid-like ball head● Smooth locking knobs● Outstanding loading capacity (up to 10kg)● 360 degree scale GH-100● GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System: position your
camera as you want with ultra speed ● Friction Control enables precise adjustment to
accommodate changes in equipment weight and balance
● 72-point panoramic, 360-degree panning ● 8-stop handle position● Industry-leading pistol grip style● Bubble level
• 1 carrying bag
• Alta Pro 263AB 100 • Alta Pro 264AB 100
• Alta Pro 263AGH
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
For GH-100
By popular demand, we merged our award-winning Alta Pro tripod with our popular SBH ball head and GH-100 grip head. Alta Pro tripod has unmatched flexibility and stability and enables more angle possibilities than ever before. Its innovative Multi-Angle Central Column (MACC) System allows users to move the central column from 0 to 180-degree angles in variable vertical and horizontal positions, making macro-photography and special wide-angle shots a breeze. The Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock (ISSL) System quickly and securely reposi-tions the central column in one simple movement while maintaining the tripod’s stability.
14 15
Tripods
Alta+ seriesCarbon fiber tripods
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Alta+ 224CT
|16 1/8 in|47 5/8 in|40 in|4 1/8 in
22 mm4
6.6 lbs|
410 mm1210 mm1015 mm
105 mm
3.0 kg0.91 kg |2.01 lbs
Alta+ 254CT
||||
25 mm4|
470 mm1450 mm1215 mm
115 mm
4.0 kg1.17 kg |
18 1/2 in57 1/8 in47 7/8 in4 1/2 in
8.8 lbs2.58 lbs
Alta+ 253CT
580 mm |22 7/8 in1570 mm |61 3/4 in1240 mm |48 7/8 in
140 mm |5 1/2 in25 mm
34.0 kg 8.8 lbs|
1.30 kg |2.87 lbs
Alta+ 283CT
590 mm |23 1/4 in1650 mm |65 in1300 mm |51 1/8 in
155 mm |6 1/8 in
28 mm3
6.0 kg 13.2 lbs|1.41 kg |3.11 lbs
Alta+ 255CT
|15 1/2 in|49 1/4 in|43 1/4 in|3 7/8 in
25 mm5
8.8 lbs|
395 mm1250 mm1100 mm
100 mm
4.0 kg1.16 kg |2.56 lbs
Alta+ 225CT
| 13 5/8 in| 41 3/4 in| 37 5/8 in| 3 3/4 in
22 mm5
6.6 lbs|
345 mm1060 mm
955 mm95 mm
3.0 kg0.81 kg | 1.79 lbs
FEATURES
•Ergonomic release buttoneasily adjusts leg angles •Stable on any terrain
•Stabilization hook: add weight for increased stability
• 1 carrying bag
● Ultra compact and lightweight● Enables low-angle photography● Short column adaptor included● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles● Advanced camera vibration control● Convertible spiked rubber feet● Reversible center column for macro photography
• Alta+ 255CT • Alta+ 224CT
• Alta+ 253CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
Hailed as the world’s most lightweight and compact high-quality tripod, Alta+ was designed by professional photographers to meet the most demanding require-ments – all in a sleek, modern design. As light as 1.79 lbs./0.81 kg and as compact at 13.5 inches/345 mm, Alta+ is perfect for air travel and backpacking.
Alta+ combines the ultra stability, durability, ease of use
and reliability every photographer needs. Its legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles with a simple push of easy-release buttons for terrain changes and low angle-shooting. Other features include advanced camera vibration and shock control, all-weather foam grip legs, patented premium magnesium diecast canopy and head, non-slip spiked rubber feet for changing terrains, and a removable hook for hanging camera accessories.
16 17
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Tripods
Alta+ seriesCarbon fiber tripods
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Alta+ 224CT
|16 1/8 in|47 5/8 in|40 in|4 1/8 in
22 mm4
6.6 lbs|
410 mm1210 mm1015 mm
105 mm
3.0 kg0.91 kg |2.01 lbs
Alta+ 254CT
||||
25 mm4|
470 mm1450 mm1215 mm
115 mm
4.0 kg1.17 kg |
18 1/2 in57 1/8 in47 7/8 in4 1/2 in
8.8 lbs2.58 lbs
Alta+ 253CT
580 mm |22 7/8 in1570 mm |61 3/4 in1240 mm |48 7/8 in
140 mm |5 1/2 in25 mm
34.0 kg 8.8 lbs|
1.30 kg |2.87 lbs
Alta+ 283CT
590 mm |23 1/4 in1650 mm |65 in1300 mm |51 1/8 in
155 mm |6 1/8 in
28 mm3
6.0 kg 13.2 lbs|1.41 kg |3.11 lbs
Alta+ 255CT
|15 1/2 in|49 1/4 in|43 1/4 in|3 7/8 in
25 mm5
8.8 lbs|
395 mm1250 mm1100 mm
100 mm
4.0 kg1.16 kg |2.56 lbs
Alta+ 225CT
| 13 5/8 in| 41 3/4 in| 37 5/8 in| 3 3/4 in
22 mm5
6.6 lbs|
345 mm1060 mm
955 mm95 mm
3.0 kg0.81 kg | 1.79 lbs
FEATURES
•Ergonomic release buttoneasily adjusts leg angles •Stable on any terrain
•Stabilization hook: add weight for increased stability
• 1 carrying bag
● Ultra compact and lightweight● Enables low-angle photography● Short column adaptor included● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles● Advanced camera vibration control● Convertible spiked rubber feet● Reversible center column for macro photography
• Alta+ 255CT • Alta+ 224CT
• Alta+ 253CT
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
Hailed as the world’s most lightweight and compact high-quality tripod, Alta+ was designed by professional photographers to meet the most demanding require-ments – all in a sleek, modern design. As light as 1.79 lbs./0.81 kg and as compact at 13.5 inches/345 mm, Alta+ is perfect for air travel and backpacking.
Alta+ combines the ultra stability, durability, ease of use
and reliability every photographer needs. Its legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles with a simple push of easy-release buttons for terrain changes and low angle-shooting. Other features include advanced camera vibration and shock control, all-weather foam grip legs, patented premium magnesium diecast canopy and head, non-slip spiked rubber feet for changing terrains, and a removable hook for hanging camera accessories.
16 17
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Tripod kits
Alta+kit seriesWith pan/ball/grip head
Alta+ 234AB Alta+ 235AB 50 Alta+ 263AB 100 Alta+ 264AB 100 Alta+ 203AP Alta+ 204AP
Alta+ 233AP Alta+ 234AP Alta+ 263AP Alta+ 264AP Alta+ 263AGH Alta+ 233AO Alta+ 264AO
535 mm | 21 1/8 in1450 mm | 57 1/8 in1240 mm | 48 7/8 in
23 mm4
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-39360°
SBH-50
|1.50 kg | 3.31 lbs
|||
23 mm5
QS-39360°
SBH-50
|
475 mm1245 mm1140 mm
3.0 kg1.45 kg |
18 3/4 in49 in44 7/8 in
6.6 lbs3.20 lbs
|||
26 mm3
QS-39360°
SBH-100
|
660 mm1650 mm1330 mm
5.0 kg1.95 kg|
26 in65 in52 3/8 in
11.0 lbs4.30 lbs
| 22 1/2 in| 60 5/8 in| 51 3/8 in
11.0 lbs|
26 mm4
QS-39360°
SBH-100
570 mm1540 mm1305 mm
5.0 kg1.94 kg| 4.28 lbs
| 22 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 45 7/8 in
4.4 lbs
20 mm3
QS-50360°PH-12
|
570 mm1450 mm1165 mm
2.0 kg1.36 kg| 3.00 lbs
|||
20 mm4
QS-50360°PH-12
|
485 mm1300 mm1120 mm
2.0 kg1.35 kg |
19 1/8 in51 1/8 in44 1/8 in
4.4 lbs2.98 lbs
| 24 3/8 in| 63 in| 50 3/8 in
23 mm3
6.6 lbsQS-50360°PH-22
|
620 mm1600 mm1280 mm
3.0 kg1.60 kg | 3.53 lbs
| 20 5/8 in| 57 1/8 in| 48 3/8 in
23 mm4
6.6 lbsQS-50360°PH-22
|
525 mm1450 mm1230 mm
3.0 kg1.55 kg| 3.42 lbs
|||
26 mm3
QS-51360°PH-32
|
635 mm1650 mm1325 mm
5.0 kg2.0 kg |
25 in65 in52 1/8 in
11.0 lbs4.41 lbs
|22 1/4 in|61 in|52 3/4 in
11.0 lbs
26 mm4
QS-51360°PH-32
|
565 mm1550 mm1340 mm
5.0 kg1.99 kg |4.39 lbs
|||
26 mm3
QS-65GH360°
GH-100
|
670 mm1640 mm1310 mm
5.0 kg2.16 kg|
26 3/8 in64 5/8 in51 1/2 in
11.0 lbs4.75 lbs
|||
23 mm3
QS-52360°PH-21
|
610 mm1450 mm1185 mm
3.0 kg1.60 kg |
24 in57 1/8 in46 5/8 in
6.6 lbs3.53 lbs
|||
26 mm4
QS-52360°PH-31
|
645 mm1780 mm1515 mm
5.0 kg2.10 kg |
25 3/8 in70 1/8 in59 5/8 in
11.0 lbs4.63 lbs
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeRotation
Head
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeRotation
Head
•Ergonomic release button easily adjusts leg angles •Stable on any terrain
•Stabilization hook:add weight for increased stability
•Compact and PracticalAlta+ tripod is a great choice for
travelers; it’s easy to carry and compact for stowing inside of a camera bag.
FEATURESLegs:● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree
angles ● Ultra lightweight and compact● Advanced camera vibration control ● Non-slip, spiked rubber feet● Reversible center column● Short column adaptor included Heads:SBH ● Fluid-like ball head● Smooth locking knobs● Outstanding loading capacity● 360° scale
GH-100 ● GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System: position
your camera as you want with ultra speed ● Friction Control enables precise adjustment to
accommodate changes in equipment weight and balance
● 72-point panoramic ● 8-stop handle position● Industry-leading pistol grip style
PH● Adjustable gravity center (PH-21/31)● Arched design● Double safety lock● Fluid pan head for video
• 1 carrying bag
• Alta+ 263AGH • Alta+ 235AB 50
• Alta+ 263AP
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
To meet the most demanding requirements, we merged our most lightweight and compact tripod with PH pan head, SBH ball head and the industry-leading pistol style grip head GH-100.With uncompromising quality and functional-ity, Alta+ kit combines the ultra stability, durability, ease of use and reliability every photographer needs. When with PH series
Grip head
Ballhead
Pan head OR
pan head, it provides ultra smooth panning and precise tilt adjustments for meticulous photography. When with SBH, it’s precision-cut ball head moves swiftly and steadily so you won’t miss the action. When with GH-100, the GPR (Grip, Position, Release) system enables users to position their camera or spotting scope quickly with unmatched versatility.
18 19
Tripod kits
Alta+kit seriesWith pan/ball/grip head
Alta+ 234AB Alta+ 235AB 50 Alta+ 263AB 100 Alta+ 264AB 100 Alta+ 203AP Alta+ 204AP
Alta+ 233AP Alta+ 234AP Alta+ 263AP Alta+ 264AP Alta+ 263AGH Alta+ 233AO Alta+ 264AO
535 mm | 21 1/8 in1450 mm | 57 1/8 in1240 mm | 48 7/8 in
23 mm4
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-39360°
SBH-50
|1.50 kg | 3.31 lbs
|||
23 mm5
QS-39360°
SBH-50
|
475 mm1245 mm1140 mm
3.0 kg1.45 kg |
18 3/4 in49 in44 7/8 in
6.6 lbs3.20 lbs
|||
26 mm3
QS-39360°
SBH-100
|
660 mm1650 mm1330 mm
5.0 kg1.95 kg|
26 in65 in52 3/8 in
11.0 lbs4.30 lbs
| 22 1/2 in| 60 5/8 in| 51 3/8 in
11.0 lbs|
26 mm4
QS-39360°
SBH-100
570 mm1540 mm1305 mm
5.0 kg1.94 kg| 4.28 lbs
| 22 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 45 7/8 in
4.4 lbs
20 mm3
QS-50360°PH-12
|
570 mm1450 mm1165 mm
2.0 kg1.36 kg| 3.00 lbs
|||
20 mm4
QS-50360°PH-12
|
485 mm1300 mm1120 mm
2.0 kg1.35 kg |
19 1/8 in51 1/8 in44 1/8 in
4.4 lbs2.98 lbs
| 24 3/8 in| 63 in| 50 3/8 in
23 mm3
6.6 lbsQS-50360°PH-22
|
620 mm1600 mm1280 mm
3.0 kg1.60 kg | 3.53 lbs
| 20 5/8 in| 57 1/8 in| 48 3/8 in
23 mm4
6.6 lbsQS-50360°PH-22
|
525 mm1450 mm1230 mm
3.0 kg1.55 kg| 3.42 lbs
|||
26 mm3
QS-51360°PH-32
|
635 mm1650 mm1325 mm
5.0 kg2.0 kg |
25 in65 in52 1/8 in
11.0 lbs4.41 lbs
|22 1/4 in|61 in|52 3/4 in
11.0 lbs
26 mm4
QS-51360°PH-32
|
565 mm1550 mm1340 mm
5.0 kg1.99 kg |4.39 lbs
|||
26 mm3
QS-65GH360°
GH-100
|
670 mm1640 mm1310 mm
5.0 kg2.16 kg|
26 3/8 in64 5/8 in51 1/2 in
11.0 lbs4.75 lbs
|||
23 mm3
QS-52360°PH-21
|
610 mm1450 mm1185 mm
3.0 kg1.60 kg |
24 in57 1/8 in46 5/8 in
6.6 lbs3.53 lbs
|||
26 mm4
QS-52360°PH-31
|
645 mm1780 mm1515 mm
5.0 kg2.10 kg |
25 3/8 in70 1/8 in59 5/8 in
11.0 lbs4.63 lbs
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeRotation
Head
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeRotation
Head
•Ergonomic release button easily adjusts leg angles •Stable on any terrain
•Stabilization hook:add weight for increased stability
•Compact and PracticalAlta+ tripod is a great choice for
travelers; it’s easy to carry and compact for stowing inside of a camera bag.
FEATURESLegs:● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree
angles ● Ultra lightweight and compact● Advanced camera vibration control ● Non-slip, spiked rubber feet● Reversible center column● Short column adaptor included Heads:SBH ● Fluid-like ball head● Smooth locking knobs● Outstanding loading capacity● 360° scale
GH-100 ● GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System: position
your camera as you want with ultra speed ● Friction Control enables precise adjustment to
accommodate changes in equipment weight and balance
● 72-point panoramic ● 8-stop handle position● Industry-leading pistol grip style
PH● Adjustable gravity center (PH-21/31)● Arched design● Double safety lock● Fluid pan head for video
• 1 carrying bag
• Alta+ 263AGH • Alta+ 235AB 50
• Alta+ 263AP
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
To meet the most demanding requirements, we merged our most lightweight and compact tripod with PH pan head, SBH ball head and the industry-leading pistol style grip head GH-100.With uncompromising quality and functional-ity, Alta+ kit combines the ultra stability, durability, ease of use and reliability every photographer needs. When with PH series
Grip head
Ballhead
Pan head OR
pan head, it provides ultra smooth panning and precise tilt adjustments for meticulous photography. When with SBH, it’s precision-cut ball head moves swiftly and steadily so you won’t miss the action. When with GH-100, the GPR (Grip, Position, Release) system enables users to position their camera or spotting scope quickly with unmatched versatility.
18 19
TripodsNivelo Collection
Nivelo 204BK Nivelo 204SL Nivelo 204PK
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
Nivelo 245BK
24 mm5
370 mm | 14 5/8 in1610 mm | 63 3/8 in
3.0 kg 6.6 lbs|1.14 kg | 2.51 lbs
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
300 mm | 11 3/4 in1010 mm | 39 3/4 in
20 mm4
2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|0.6 kg | 1.32 lbs
300 mm | 11 3/4 in1010 mm | 39 3/4 in
20 mm4
2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|0.6 kg | 1.32 lbs
300 mm | 11 3/4 in1010 mm | 39 3/4 in
20 mm4
2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|0.6 kg | 1.32 lbs
Nivelo 244BK
24 mm4||
410 mm |1450 mm |
3.0 kg1.1 kg
16 1/4 in
57 1/8 in
6.6 lbs2.42 lbs
• Control the length ofall leg sections simply
by twisting the foot
1
2
Lock3
Unlock
Nivelo bags - See on pages 76-77
FEATURES
•Lightweight open canopyenables one-second
fold up, versatile anglesand macro photography •Ultra compact
•Open canopy designfor easy folding
● Super lightweight and ultra compact● Legs extend to partial or full height with Twist-n-
Lock Legs● Quick Fold Central Column (QFCC System)
• 1 carrying bag
25o50o • Anti-shock rubber ring
• Strong 24-mm diameter legs can be individually positioned at 25 and
50-degree angles (for 244BK and 245BK)
• Quick-attach camera screw on pan head and on-head bubble level (for 244BK and 245BK)
Compact
• Nivelo 204BK
• Nivelo 204SL
5-YEARWARRANTY
Meet Nivelo, the sleek, industry-changing compact tripod that folds in a few seconds flat and boasts all the features of a full-size tripod, minus the hassle. Set up in a flash, take a great shot and get a move on.
Its innovative open canopy with Quick Fold Central Column makes it collapsible in one second and so ultra compact, you can tote it in a purse or small bag. Plus, the central column can be inverted for great macro photography.
This stylish, new generation kind of tripod is perfect for popular and compact mirrorless, interchangeable lens cameras. Simply mount your camera to Nivelo’s pan head with its Quick Attach Camera Screw. Take smooth panoramic shots with its 360-degree rotating head and unique-angle shots with its side-to-side tilting function.
And there’s so much more, including shock-absorbing contoured rubber feet, a bubble level on the pan head for balance and an anti-spin central column.
20 21
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
TripodsNivelo Collection
Nivelo 204BK Nivelo 204SL Nivelo 204PK
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
Nivelo 245BK
24 mm5
370 mm | 14 5/8 in1610 mm | 63 3/8 in
3.0 kg 6.6 lbs|1.14 kg | 2.51 lbs
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
300 mm | 11 3/4 in1010 mm | 39 3/4 in
20 mm4
2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|0.6 kg | 1.32 lbs
300 mm | 11 3/4 in1010 mm | 39 3/4 in
20 mm4
2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|0.6 kg | 1.32 lbs
300 mm | 11 3/4 in1010 mm | 39 3/4 in
20 mm4
2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|0.6 kg | 1.32 lbs
Nivelo 244BK
24 mm4||
410 mm |1450 mm |
3.0 kg1.1 kg
16 1/4 in
57 1/8 in
6.6 lbs2.42 lbs
• Control the length ofall leg sections simply
by twisting the foot
1
2
Lock3
Unlock
Nivelo bags - See on pages 76-77
FEATURES
•Lightweight open canopyenables one-second
fold up, versatile anglesand macro photography •Ultra compact
•Open canopy designfor easy folding
● Super lightweight and ultra compact● Legs extend to partial or full height with Twist-n-
Lock Legs● Quick Fold Central Column (QFCC System)
• 1 carrying bag
25o50o • Anti-shock rubber ring
• Strong 24-mm diameter legs can be individually positioned at 25 and
50-degree angles (for 244BK and 245BK)
• Quick-attach camera screw on pan head and on-head bubble level (for 244BK and 245BK)
Compact
• Nivelo 204BK
• Nivelo 204SL
5-YEARWARRANTY
Meet Nivelo, the sleek, industry-changing compact tripod that folds in a few seconds flat and boasts all the features of a full-size tripod, minus the hassle. Set up in a flash, take a great shot and get a move on.
Its innovative open canopy with Quick Fold Central Column makes it collapsible in one second and so ultra compact, you can tote it in a purse or small bag. Plus, the central column can be inverted for great macro photography.
This stylish, new generation kind of tripod is perfect for popular and compact mirrorless, interchangeable lens cameras. Simply mount your camera to Nivelo’s pan head with its Quick Attach Camera Screw. Take smooth panoramic shots with its 360-degree rotating head and unique-angle shots with its side-to-side tilting function.
And there’s so much more, including shock-absorbing contoured rubber feet, a bubble level on the pan head for balance and an anti-spin central column.
20 21
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
TripodsEspod Plus/Espod series
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeHead
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeHead
Espod Plus 233AP
Espod 233AP
| 24 1/2 in| 65 in| 51 1/8 in
- | -23 mm
3PH-30
6.6 lbsQS-36
|
620 mm1650 mm1300 mm
3.0 kg1.80 kg | 3.97 lbs
|24 in|63 in|50 in|8 7/8 in
23 mm3
PH-30
6.6 lbsQS-36
|
610 mm1600 mm1270 mm
225 mm
3.0 kg1.66 kg |3.31 lbs
Espod Plus 203AB
Espod Plus 234AP
| 22 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 48 5/8 in| 8 1/8 in
20 mm3
SBH-20
4.4 lbsQS-36
|
570 mm1450 mm1235 mm
205 mm
2.0 kg1.30 kg | 2.87 lbs
| 20 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 48 5/8 in| 7 3/4 in
4PH-30
6.6 lbsQS-36
|
520 mm1450 mm1235 mm
195 mm23 mm
3.0 kg1.40 kg | 3.09 lbs
Espod Plus 203AP
Espod Plus 233CB
605 mm| 23 3/4 in1600 mm| 63 in1275 mm| 50 1/4 in
215 mm| 8 1/2 in23 mm
3SBH-20
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-36
|1.30 kg| 2.87 lbs
|22 1/2 in|57 1/8 in|48 5/8 in|8 1/8 in
3PH-20
4.4 lbsQS-36
|
570 mm1450 mm1235 mm
205 mm20 mm
2.0 kg1.30 kg |2.87 lbs
Espod Plus 204AP
Espod 203AP
570 mm | 22 1/2 in1450 mm | 57 1/8 in1235 mm | 48 5/8 in
- | -20 mm
3PH-20
2.0 kg 4.4 lbsQS-36
|1.32 kg | 2.91 lbs
| 20 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 45 7/8 in| 7 2/3 in
20 mm4
PH-20
4.4 lbsQS-36
|
520 mm1450 mm1165 mm
195 mm
2.0 kg1.35 kg | 2.98 lbs
90° 50°25°80°
Espod Plus 233 CB
10°
• Carbon fiber tripodwith ballhead
• Central column Low Angle Adaptor
● Central column tightening ring ● Anti-shock ring● Bubble level
FEATURES
•Macro photography (Espod Plus)
•Angled rubber feet (Espod)
•3 leg angles (25°, 50°, 80°)(Espod Plus)
•3-way pan head (Espod Plus/Espod)
● Low-angle photography● Center column reverses for macro photography ● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles● Includes removable 3-way fluid pan head● Strong aluminum alloy canopy● Spiked rubber feet● Includes short column adaptor● Tripod bag included
5-YearWarranty
Espod Series tripod, modeled after Espod Plus, is great for hobbyist photographers. It has a three-second set up, and its legs adjust to 25-degree angles. There is a tightening ring that enables adjustment of the central column in just a few seconds and an anti-shock ring that prevents camera vibration. Other features include a bubble level for precision, detachable central column hook to attach more weight for added stability, anti-slip rubber feet, quick-flip leg locks, removable quick shoe and two foam grips.
Sturdy, yet lightweight and compact, Espod Plus is simple to set up and take down. With it’s unique, ergonomic leg angle release button, you can effortlessly adjust the legs to 25°, 50° or 80° to get your camera in position very quickly. By reversing the central column, it’s also perfect for macro photography.
Espod Plus series Espod seriesEspod Plus series
Espod series
22 23
TripodsEspod Plus/Espod series
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeHead
Folded HeightExtended Height
Min. Extended HeightMacro Height
Diameter of LegNumber of Sections
Max. LoadingWeight
Quick ShoeHead
Espod Plus 233AP
Espod 233AP
| 24 1/2 in| 65 in| 51 1/8 in
- | -23 mm
3PH-30
6.6 lbsQS-36
|
620 mm1650 mm1300 mm
3.0 kg1.80 kg | 3.97 lbs
|24 in|63 in|50 in|8 7/8 in
23 mm3
PH-30
6.6 lbsQS-36
|
610 mm1600 mm1270 mm
225 mm
3.0 kg1.66 kg |3.31 lbs
Espod Plus 203AB
Espod Plus 234AP
| 22 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 48 5/8 in| 8 1/8 in
20 mm3
SBH-20
4.4 lbsQS-36
|
570 mm1450 mm1235 mm
205 mm
2.0 kg1.30 kg | 2.87 lbs
| 20 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 48 5/8 in| 7 3/4 in
4PH-30
6.6 lbsQS-36
|
520 mm1450 mm1235 mm
195 mm23 mm
3.0 kg1.40 kg | 3.09 lbs
Espod Plus 203AP
Espod Plus 233CB
605 mm| 23 3/4 in1600 mm| 63 in1275 mm| 50 1/4 in
215 mm| 8 1/2 in23 mm
3SBH-20
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-36
|1.30 kg| 2.87 lbs
|22 1/2 in|57 1/8 in|48 5/8 in|8 1/8 in
3PH-20
4.4 lbsQS-36
|
570 mm1450 mm1235 mm
205 mm20 mm
2.0 kg1.30 kg |2.87 lbs
Espod Plus 204AP
Espod 203AP
570 mm | 22 1/2 in1450 mm | 57 1/8 in1235 mm | 48 5/8 in
- | -20 mm
3PH-20
2.0 kg 4.4 lbsQS-36
|1.32 kg | 2.91 lbs
| 20 1/2 in| 57 1/8 in| 45 7/8 in| 7 2/3 in
20 mm4
PH-20
4.4 lbsQS-36
|
520 mm1450 mm1165 mm
195 mm
2.0 kg1.35 kg | 2.98 lbs
90° 50°25°80°
Espod Plus 233 CB
10°
• Carbon fiber tripodwith ballhead
• Central column Low Angle Adaptor
● Central column tightening ring ● Anti-shock ring● Bubble level
FEATURES
•Macro photography (Espod Plus)
•Angled rubber feet (Espod)
•3 leg angles (25°, 50°, 80°)(Espod Plus)
•3-way pan head (Espod Plus/Espod)
● Low-angle photography● Center column reverses for macro photography ● Legs adjust to 25, 50 and 80-degree angles● Includes removable 3-way fluid pan head● Strong aluminum alloy canopy● Spiked rubber feet● Includes short column adaptor● Tripod bag included
5-YearWarranty
Espod Series tripod, modeled after Espod Plus, is great for hobbyist photographers. It has a three-second set up, and its legs adjust to 25-degree angles. There is a tightening ring that enables adjustment of the central column in just a few seconds and an anti-shock ring that prevents camera vibration. Other features include a bubble level for precision, detachable central column hook to attach more weight for added stability, anti-slip rubber feet, quick-flip leg locks, removable quick shoe and two foam grips.
Sturdy, yet lightweight and compact, Espod Plus is simple to set up and take down. With it’s unique, ergonomic leg angle release button, you can effortlessly adjust the legs to 25°, 50° or 80° to get your camera in position very quickly. By reversing the central column, it’s also perfect for macro photography.
Espod Plus series Espod seriesEspod Plus series
Espod series
22 23
TripodsMAK series
Folded Height
Extended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Panhead Movements
Max. Loading
Weight
Quick Shoe
MAK S
| 20 1/8 in| 51 1/8 in| 41 in
20 mm32
4.4 lbs-|
510 mm1300 mm1040 mm
2.0 kg0.92 kg| 2.03 lbs
MAK 203
600 mm|23 5/8 in1550 mm|61 in1235 mm|48 5/8 in
20 mm33
2.0 kg 4.4 lbsQS-28
|1.10 kg|2.42 lbs
MAK 233
620 mm|24 3/8 in1650 mm|65 in1330 mm|52 3/8 in
23 mm33
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-28
|1.30 kg|2.87 lbs
MAK 234
530 mm|20 7/8 in1550 mm|61 in1310 mm|51 5/8 in
23 mm43
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-28
|1.24 kg|2.73 lbs
MAK 263
630 mm|24 3/4 in1650 mm|65 in1340 mm|52 3/4 in
26 mm33
5.0 kg 11.0 lbsQS-28
|1.53 kg|3.37 lbs
FEATURES
•Strong canopy•Supporting brace lock•Height adjustment gear
(excluding MAK S)
● Two or three-way pan head● Strong canopy ● Elevation adjustment gear (excluding MAK S)● Supporting brace● Bubble level
90°
• Smooth, panoramic panning at an array of angles
• 2-way pan head • 3-way pan head
• MAK S • MAK 233• MAK 263
2-YEARWARRANTY
MAK is a reliable, easy-to-use, lightweight tripod featur-ing all of the essentials for great balance and stability. Its two-way or three-way pan head enables smooth panoramic panning at an array of angles.
A strong canopy supports cameras with exceptional reliability, its gear elevator (except MAK S) enables precise height adjustment and a leg brace with lock provides extra stability.
24 25
TripodsMAK series
Folded Height
Extended Height
Min. Extended Height
Diameter of Leg
Number of Sections
Panhead Movements
Max. Loading
Weight
Quick Shoe
MAK S
| 20 1/8 in| 51 1/8 in| 41 in
20 mm32
4.4 lbs-|
510 mm1300 mm1040 mm
2.0 kg0.92 kg| 2.03 lbs
MAK 203
600 mm|23 5/8 in1550 mm|61 in1235 mm|48 5/8 in
20 mm33
2.0 kg 4.4 lbsQS-28
|1.10 kg|2.42 lbs
MAK 233
620 mm|24 3/8 in1650 mm|65 in1330 mm|52 3/8 in
23 mm33
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-28
|1.30 kg|2.87 lbs
MAK 234
530 mm|20 7/8 in1550 mm|61 in1310 mm|51 5/8 in
23 mm43
3.0 kg 6.6 lbsQS-28
|1.24 kg|2.73 lbs
MAK 263
630 mm|24 3/4 in1650 mm|65 in1340 mm|52 3/4 in
26 mm33
5.0 kg 11.0 lbsQS-28
|1.53 kg|3.37 lbs
FEATURES
•Strong canopy•Supporting brace lock•Height adjustment gear
(excluding MAK S)
● Two or three-way pan head● Strong canopy ● Elevation adjustment gear (excluding MAK S)● Supporting brace● Bubble level
90°
• Smooth, panoramic panning at an array of angles
• 2-way pan head • 3-way pan head
• MAK S • MAK 233• MAK 263
2-YEARWARRANTY
MAK is a reliable, easy-to-use, lightweight tripod featur-ing all of the essentials for great balance and stability. Its two-way or three-way pan head enables smooth panoramic panning at an array of angles.
A strong canopy supports cameras with exceptional reliability, its gear elevator (except MAK S) enables precise height adjustment and a leg brace with lock provides extra stability.
24 25
MonopodsElite CP/Tracker AP/Espod AM series
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
Tracker AP-244
Espod AM-203
||
24 mm4 |
475 mm1450 mm
6.0 kg410 g|
18 3/4 in57 1/8 in
13.2 lbs14.5 oz
|23 5/8 in|57 1/8 in
20 mm3
6.6 lbs|
600 mm1450 mm
3.0 kg385 g|13.6 oz
Tracker AP-284
Espod AM-233
515 mm|1580 mm|
28 mm4
8.0 kg|570 g|
20 1/4 in62 1/4 in
18.0 lbs20.1 oz
||
23 mm3 mm
|
635 mm1550 mm
3.0 kg460 g|
25 in61 in
6.6 lbs16.2 oz
Tracker AP-324
Espod AM-263
535 mm|1670 mm|
32 mm4
10.0 kg|690 g|
22 1/8 in65 3/4 in
22.0 lbs24.3 oz
665 mm|26 1/8 in1600 mm|63 in
26 mm3 mm
5.0 kg 11.0 lbs|650 g|22.9 oz
Elite CP-284
Tracker AP-364
||
28 mm4|
515 mm1580 mm
8.0 kg460 g|
20 1/4 in62 1/4 in
18.0 lbs16.2 oz
||
36 mm4|
560 mm1760 mm
12.0 kg810 g|
22 in69 1/4 in
26.0 lbs28.6 oz
Elite CP-324
Espod AM-204S
||
32 mm4|
535 mm1670 mm
10.0 kg550 g|
21 1/8 in65 3/4 in
22.0 lbs19.4 oz
||
20 mm4|
490 mm1440 mm
3.0 kg320 g|
19 1/4 in56 3/4 in
6.6 lbs11.3 oz
•Lightweight and convenient to carry
FEATURES
● Lightweight and convenient aluminum monopod● Simple tilt pan head for vertical or horizontal
composition● Foam grip● Quick flip locks● Feet convert from rubber to spikes● Karabiner
1/4” to
3/8” adapter included
• 3 stop screw
• 1/4 - 20 UNC
• 3/8 - 16 UNC
•Simple tilt head for horizontal or vertical composition (ball head for Espod AM-204S)
● Aluminum alloy● One twist to loosen leg
locks● Compatible with SBH ball
heads● Spiked foot with rubber
suction cup● Adjustable foot for all
terrain use● Includes karabiner
● Carbon fiber● One twist to loosen
leg locks● Compatible with SBH
ball heads● Spiked foot with
rubber suction cup● Adjustable foot for all
terrain use● Includes karabiner
Tracker AP seriesElite CP series
Espod AM series
• Tracker AP-244• Elite CP-364 • Espod AM-263 • Espod AM-204S
5-YEARWARRANTY
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
There is no more fitting name than Elite for this monopod; it’s in its own class! Elite carbon fiber monopod is ultra lightweight yet maintains stabil-ity for heavy professional photography gear. Its foot is adjustable for any terrain, from rubber to spike. It includes a karabiner to attach to a belt or camera bag, as well as a wrist strap that adjusts for a perfect fit.
Elite CP seriesTracker Series brings new standards for monopods with enhanced stability. Easily adjust height with one-twist leg locks. Tracker is made of strong aluminum alloy to support your gear. Its foot adjusts from spike to rubber for changing terrain. It includes a karabiner to attach to a belt or camera bag , as well as a wrist strap with a buckle that adjusts for a custom fit.
Tracker AP seriesEspod AM Series monopods offer reliable camera support, on demand. Designed for the on-the-go photogra-pher, these sturdy, lightweight, quick set-up monopods are perfect for traveling, active shooting and capturing life’s improvised images. Its simple tilt head enables you to position your camera in landscape or 90°portrait mode, giving you complete control of the shot, no matter the locale. Featuring aluminum alloy construction, quick-flip leg locks, ergonomic foam grip and a spiked foot to firmly position on any terrain, Espod is built for travel.
Espod AM series
26 27
MonopodsElite CP/Tracker AP/Espod AM series
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsMax. Loading
Weight
Tracker AP-244
Espod AM-203
||
24 mm4 |
475 mm1450 mm
6.0 kg410 g|
18 3/4 in57 1/8 in
13.2 lbs14.5 oz
|23 5/8 in|57 1/8 in
20 mm3
6.6 lbs|
600 mm1450 mm
3.0 kg385 g|13.6 oz
Tracker AP-284
Espod AM-233
515 mm|1580 mm|
28 mm4
8.0 kg|570 g|
20 1/4 in62 1/4 in
18.0 lbs20.1 oz
||
23 mm3 mm
|
635 mm1550 mm
3.0 kg460 g|
25 in61 in
6.6 lbs16.2 oz
Tracker AP-324
Espod AM-263
535 mm|1670 mm|
32 mm4
10.0 kg|690 g|
22 1/8 in65 3/4 in
22.0 lbs24.3 oz
665 mm|26 1/8 in1600 mm|63 in
26 mm3 mm
5.0 kg 11.0 lbs|650 g|22.9 oz
Elite CP-284
Tracker AP-364
||
28 mm4|
515 mm1580 mm
8.0 kg460 g|
20 1/4 in62 1/4 in
18.0 lbs16.2 oz
||
36 mm4|
560 mm1760 mm
12.0 kg810 g|
22 in69 1/4 in
26.0 lbs28.6 oz
Elite CP-324
Espod AM-204S
||
32 mm4|
535 mm1670 mm
10.0 kg550 g|
21 1/8 in65 3/4 in
22.0 lbs19.4 oz
||
20 mm4|
490 mm1440 mm
3.0 kg320 g|
19 1/4 in56 3/4 in
6.6 lbs11.3 oz
•Lightweight and convenient to carry
FEATURES
● Lightweight and convenient aluminum monopod● Simple tilt pan head for vertical or horizontal
composition● Foam grip● Quick flip locks● Feet convert from rubber to spikes● Karabiner
1/4” to
3/8” adapter included
• 3 stop screw
• 1/4 - 20 UNC
• 3/8 - 16 UNC
•Simple tilt head for horizontal or vertical composition (ball head for Espod AM-204S)
● Aluminum alloy● One twist to loosen leg
locks● Compatible with SBH ball
heads● Spiked foot with rubber
suction cup● Adjustable foot for all
terrain use● Includes karabiner
● Carbon fiber● One twist to loosen
leg locks● Compatible with SBH
ball heads● Spiked foot with
rubber suction cup● Adjustable foot for all
terrain use● Includes karabiner
Tracker AP seriesElite CP series
Espod AM series
• Tracker AP-244• Elite CP-364 • Espod AM-263 • Espod AM-204S
5-YEARWARRANTY
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
There is no more fitting name than Elite for this monopod; it’s in its own class! Elite carbon fiber monopod is ultra lightweight yet maintains stabil-ity for heavy professional photography gear. Its foot is adjustable for any terrain, from rubber to spike. It includes a karabiner to attach to a belt or camera bag, as well as a wrist strap that adjusts for a perfect fit.
Elite CP seriesTracker Series brings new standards for monopods with enhanced stability. Easily adjust height with one-twist leg locks. Tracker is made of strong aluminum alloy to support your gear. Its foot adjusts from spike to rubber for changing terrain. It includes a karabiner to attach to a belt or camera bag , as well as a wrist strap with a buckle that adjusts for a custom fit.
Tracker AP seriesEspod AM Series monopods offer reliable camera support, on demand. Designed for the on-the-go photogra-pher, these sturdy, lightweight, quick set-up monopods are perfect for traveling, active shooting and capturing life’s improvised images. Its simple tilt head enables you to position your camera in landscape or 90°portrait mode, giving you complete control of the shot, no matter the locale. Featuring aluminum alloy construction, quick-flip leg locks, ergonomic foam grip and a spiked foot to firmly position on any terrain, Espod is built for travel.
Espod AM series
26 27
HEADS
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
HEADS
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Lateral Tilt
Bubble Level
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
BBH-100
+90°~ -35°
2
360°QS-60
|
|
10 kg
100 mm450 g|
22 lbs
3 7/8 in15.9 oz
BBH-200
+90°~ -30°
2
360°QS-60
|
|
20 kg
110 mm530 g |
44 lbs
4 3/8 in18.7 oz
BBH-300
+90°~ -35°
2
360°QS-61
|
|
30 kg
115 mm660 g |
66 lbs
4 1/2 in23.3 oz
Lateral Tilt
Bubble Level
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
FEATURES● Two bubble levels● 1/4” to 3/8” adaptor on base● Universal standard clamp enables quick shoe
movement but holds securely in place
• Rapid Level System:No matter the camera’s position, this
switch enables you to guide the camera to be perfectly level with the base
quickly and efficiently. When the level position is attained, BBH holds your
camera in place.
Its oversized, easy-to-grip lever provides unwavering secure locking so your gear stays in place, no matter the angle.
• Steady and Secure:
BBH can be positioned at accurate 90-degree angles
in one second.
• Fast portrait shots:
• Unlock the base and enjoy panorama
1
3
• Release the main lock
2
• Slide the Rapid LevelSystem switch to the right
• Move until the ballclicks into place
4
• Retighten the main lock
NEWLimitedLifetimeWarranty
360-degree panoramic photography and videography. This magnesium ball head has a unique open body design that helps maintain a lighter weight. The ball also boasts a scratch-free, oxidized surface for ultra smooth moment. BBH can be positioned at accurate 90-degree angles in one second.
BBH seriesBall head
Tripod heads
VANGUARD’s top-of-the-line BBH Series ball head delivers in all of the key areas – accuracy, precision, convenience and ease of use. No matter the camera’s position, its Rapid Level System enables you to guide the camera to be perfectly level with the base, quickly and efficiently. When the level position is attained, BBH holds your camera in place. This, coupled with use of its two bubble levels to ensure the tripod’s balance, enables perfectly accurate
30 31
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Lateral Tilt
Bubble Level
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
BBH-100
+90°~ -35°
2
360°QS-60
|
|
10 kg
100 mm450 g|
22 lbs
3 7/8 in15.9 oz
BBH-200
+90°~ -30°
2
360°QS-60
|
|
20 kg
110 mm530 g |
44 lbs
4 3/8 in18.7 oz
BBH-300
+90°~ -35°
2
360°QS-61
|
|
30 kg
115 mm660 g |
66 lbs
4 1/2 in23.3 oz
Lateral Tilt
Bubble Level
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
FEATURES● Two bubble levels● 1/4” to 3/8” adaptor on base● Universal standard clamp enables quick shoe
movement but holds securely in place
• Rapid Level System:No matter the camera’s position, this
switch enables you to guide the camera to be perfectly level with the base
quickly and efficiently. When the level position is attained, BBH holds your
camera in place.
Its oversized, easy-to-grip lever provides unwavering secure locking so your gear stays in place, no matter the angle.
• Steady and Secure:
BBH can be positioned at accurate 90-degree angles
in one second.
• Fast portrait shots:
• Unlock the base and enjoy panorama
1
3
• Release the main lock
2
• Slide the Rapid LevelSystem switch to the right
• Move until the ballclicks into place
4
• Retighten the main lock
NEWLimitedLifetimeWarranty
360-degree panoramic photography and videography. This magnesium ball head has a unique open body design that helps maintain a lighter weight. The ball also boasts a scratch-free, oxidized surface for ultra smooth moment. BBH can be positioned at accurate 90-degree angles in one second.
BBH seriesBall head
Tripod heads
VANGUARD’s top-of-the-line BBH Series ball head delivers in all of the key areas – accuracy, precision, convenience and ease of use. No matter the camera’s position, its Rapid Level System enables you to guide the camera to be perfectly level with the base, quickly and efficiently. When the level position is attained, BBH holds your camera in place. This, coupled with use of its two bubble levels to ensure the tripod’s balance, enables perfectly accurate
30 31
GH-100
GH-200
Lateral TiltFrontal Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
+90°~ -32°+90°~ -8°
360°QS-60
|
|
6.0 kg
115 mm805 g|
13.2 lbs
4 5/8 inBubble Level 2
28.4 oz
Lateral TiltFrontal Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
+90°~ -32°+90°~ -8°
360°QS-65GH
|
|
6.0 kg
105 mm635 g|
13.2 lbs
4 1/8 inBubble Level 1
22.4 oz
FEATURES● GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System● Friction control switch● 360-degree panning● 72-point click function enables perfect
panoramic photography● 8-stop handle position
GH-200● 2 bubble levels● Universal standard quick shoe plate● Contoured, ergonomic handle
• B&G DESIGN - BALL/GRIP HEAD 2-IN-1 :It enables you to follow an object ultra
smoothly by pressing the trigger
press
• FC SYSTEM -Friction Control System :Friction control switch enables
precise adjustment • Versatile Movement : Provides impressiveversatility in positioning with 360° horizontal
movement and 90 degree angle tilt
It enables you to follow an object ultra smoothly by pressing the trigger
Perfect Friction Control
• Fine-tuning andprecise adjustement
can be made when thetrigger is released
Magnesium Alloy Grip HeadGPR SYSTEM
• Position your camera as you want with ultra speed.
• Position
• Release
• Grip
© Yves Krier
• GH-100
• Two bubble levels
• Universal standardquick shoe plate
NEW GH-200
5-YEARWARRANTY NEW
GH-200
For GH-100
Fusing the smooth precision of a ball head with impressive ergonomic control, GH-100 enables you to position your camera or spotting scope quickly with unmatched versa-tility. This well-engineered ball head has the GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System with an industry-leading pistol grip-style handle, which rotates 360 degrees and enables you to unlock, reposition and lock gear into place
with ease. Its one-handed, maximum comfort and convenient operation frees your other hand to make lens zoom adjustments. Depression of the handle allows 360 degrees of panning movement and -32 to +90-degrees of side-to-side tilt and -8 to +90-degree back to front tilt movement all around. It instantly positions into place with a simple release of the handle.
Tripod heads
GH seriesPistol grip ball head
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
32 33
GH-100
GH-200
Lateral TiltFrontal Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
+90°~ -32°+90°~ -8°
360°QS-60
|
|
6.0 kg
115 mm805 g|
13.2 lbs
4 5/8 inBubble Level 2
28.4 oz
Lateral TiltFrontal Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
+90°~ -32°+90°~ -8°
360°QS-65GH
|
|
6.0 kg
105 mm635 g|
13.2 lbs
4 1/8 inBubble Level 1
22.4 oz
FEATURES● GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System● Friction control switch● 360-degree panning● 72-point click function enables perfect
panoramic photography● 8-stop handle position
GH-200● 2 bubble levels● Universal standard quick shoe plate● Contoured, ergonomic handle
• B&G DESIGN - BALL/GRIP HEAD 2-IN-1 :It enables you to follow an object ultra
smoothly by pressing the trigger
press
• FC SYSTEM -Friction Control System :Friction control switch enables
precise adjustment • Versatile Movement : Provides impressiveversatility in positioning with 360° horizontal
movement and 90 degree angle tilt
It enables you to follow an object ultra smoothly by pressing the trigger
Perfect Friction Control
• Fine-tuning andprecise adjustement
can be made when thetrigger is released
Magnesium Alloy Grip HeadGPR SYSTEM
• Position your camera as you want with ultra speed.
• Position
• Release
• Grip
© Yves Krier
• GH-100
• Two bubble levels
• Universal standardquick shoe plate
NEW GH-200
5-YEARWARRANTY NEW
GH-200
For GH-100
Fusing the smooth precision of a ball head with impressive ergonomic control, GH-100 enables you to position your camera or spotting scope quickly with unmatched versa-tility. This well-engineered ball head has the GPR (Grip, Position, Release) System with an industry-leading pistol grip-style handle, which rotates 360 degrees and enables you to unlock, reposition and lock gear into place
with ease. Its one-handed, maximum comfort and convenient operation frees your other hand to make lens zoom adjustments. Depression of the handle allows 360 degrees of panning movement and -32 to +90-degrees of side-to-side tilt and -8 to +90-degree back to front tilt movement all around. It instantly positions into place with a simple release of the handle.
Tripod heads
GH seriesPistol grip ball head
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
32 33
Tripod heads
SBH series Ball head
Lateral TiltRotation
Quick ShoeMax. Loading
WeightHeight
SBH-20P
+90°~ -90°
360°-|
|
4.0 kg
59 mmBubble Level - - 2
Bubble Level 2 2 2 2
99 g |8.8 lbs
2 3/8 in3.5 oz
SBH-20
+90°~ -90°
360°QS-36
|
|
4.0 kg
69 mm165 g|
8.8 lbs
2 3/4 in5.8 oz
SBH-30
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
5.0 kg
80 mm270 g |
11.0 lbs
3 1/8 in9.5 oz
Lateral TiltRotation
Quick ShoeMax. Loading
WeightHeight
SBH-50 SBH-100 SBH-250 SBH-300
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
6.0 kg
90 mm290 g |
13.2 lbs
3 1/2 in10.2 oz
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
10.0 kg
105 mm450 g|
22.0 lbs
4 1/8 in15.9 oz
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
20.0 kg
110 mm580 g |
44.0 lbs
4 3/8 in20.5 oz
|
|
+90°~ -40°
360°QS-45
32.0 kg
120 mm750 g |
70.0 lbs
4 3/4 in26.5 oz
1/4 - 20 UNC
3/8” - 16 UNC
FEATURES
•1/4”to 3/8” adapter included
● Lightweight magnesium alloy● Precision milled ball head● Impressive loading weight (up to 32kg/70lbs)● Micro function adjustment knob● Handles off-center load
•Removable platform for off-center loading
(SBH-250 & 300)
•Bubble level (excluding SBH-20,SBH-20P)
• SBH-300• SBH-250 • SBH-100
•Double locking system (excluding SBH-20,SBH-20P)
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
securely into the perfect position, even with the heaviest lenses and cameras. It includes 360-degree scale, fine-tuning knob and a safety lock for extra stability. A special universal VANGUARD quick shoe is also included, so you can upgrade your system to quick-release imme-diately.
Best-selling SBH precision-cut ball head moves swiftly and steadily so you won’t miss the action. Constructed of solid, strong magnesium alloy, it's durable and yet lighter in weight than the industry standard. Unlike other ball heads, SBH is designed with molded body parts, not assembled cut parts, like the competition. Its smooth locking knobs allow you to move the ball head swiftly and
34 35
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Tripod heads
SBH series Ball head
Lateral TiltRotation
Quick ShoeMax. Loading
WeightHeight
SBH-20P
+90°~ -90°
360°-|
|
4.0 kg
59 mmBubble Level - - 2
Bubble Level 2 2 2 2
99 g |8.8 lbs
2 3/8 in3.5 oz
SBH-20
+90°~ -90°
360°QS-36
|
|
4.0 kg
69 mm165 g|
8.8 lbs
2 3/4 in5.8 oz
SBH-30
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
5.0 kg
80 mm270 g |
11.0 lbs
3 1/8 in9.5 oz
Lateral TiltRotation
Quick ShoeMax. Loading
WeightHeight
SBH-50 SBH-100 SBH-250 SBH-300
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
6.0 kg
90 mm290 g |
13.2 lbs
3 1/2 in10.2 oz
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
10.0 kg
105 mm450 g|
22.0 lbs
4 1/8 in15.9 oz
+90°~ -35°
360°QS-39 x 2
|
|
20.0 kg
110 mm580 g |
44.0 lbs
4 3/8 in20.5 oz
|
|
+90°~ -40°
360°QS-45
32.0 kg
120 mm750 g |
70.0 lbs
4 3/4 in26.5 oz
1/4 - 20 UNC
3/8” - 16 UNC
FEATURES
•1/4”to 3/8” adapter included
● Lightweight magnesium alloy● Precision milled ball head● Impressive loading weight (up to 32kg/70lbs)● Micro function adjustment knob● Handles off-center load
•Removable platform for off-center loading
(SBH-250 & 300)
•Bubble level (excluding SBH-20,SBH-20P)
• SBH-300• SBH-250 • SBH-100
•Double locking system (excluding SBH-20,SBH-20P)
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
securely into the perfect position, even with the heaviest lenses and cameras. It includes 360-degree scale, fine-tuning knob and a safety lock for extra stability. A special universal VANGUARD quick shoe is also included, so you can upgrade your system to quick-release imme-diately.
Best-selling SBH precision-cut ball head moves swiftly and steadily so you won’t miss the action. Constructed of solid, strong magnesium alloy, it's durable and yet lighter in weight than the industry standard. Unlike other ball heads, SBH is designed with molded body parts, not assembled cut parts, like the competition. Its smooth locking knobs allow you to move the ball head swiftly and
34 35
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Tripod heads
PH series Pan head
Lateral Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
Frontal Tilt
Lateral Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
Frontal Tilt
PH-20
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-362.0 kg 4.4 lbs|
70 mm | 2 3/4 in330 g | 11.6 oz
+90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-503.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
72 mm| 2 7/8 in350 g| 12.3 oz
PH-21
90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-523.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
95 mm | 3 3/4 in350 g | 12.3 oz
PH-10
+90°~ -90°
0°
0°
-4.9 kg 11.0 lbs|
60 mmBubble Level - -1 1 2
Bubble Level - --3
| 2 3/8 in225 g| 7.9 oz
PH-22
90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-503.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
90 mm | 3 1/2 in360 g | 12.7 oz
PH-12
PH-30
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-36|
|
3.0 kg
72 mm390 g|
6.6 lbs
2 7/8 in13.8 oz
PH-32
90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-515.0 kg 11.0 lbs|
121 mm |4 3/4 in500 g |17.6 oz
+60°~ -90°
360°
-
QS-666.0 kg 13.2 lbs|
85.5 mm | 3 3/8 in450 g | 15.9 oz
+60°~ -90°
360°
-
QS-668.0 kg 17.6 lbs|
94.5 mm |3 3/4 in550 g |19.4 oz
PH-113V PH-114V
FEATURES
•Various bubble level types
•1-handle 3-way compact pan head•Adjustable gravity center
● Rapid-action button for quick and smooth panning(PH-32 only)
● Dual safety locks● Tilt platform for photography at 90-degree angles
• Cylindric panorama
• PH-30
• PH-113V/PH-114V
• PH-32
• PH-20
• PH-10
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
5-YEARWARRANTY
PH-10/20/30 PH-21/22/31PH-32/50/50/55
PH Series pan head has 360-degree, smooth-panning and impressive tilting angles. It’s a brilliant combina-tion for any photographer who demands meticulous positioning for the perfect shot.
36 37
Tripod heads
PH series Pan head
Lateral Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
Frontal Tilt
Lateral Tilt
RotationQuick Shoe
Max. LoadingWeightHeight
Frontal Tilt
PH-20
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-362.0 kg 4.4 lbs|
70 mm | 2 3/4 in330 g | 11.6 oz
+90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-503.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
72 mm| 2 7/8 in350 g| 12.3 oz
PH-21
90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-523.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
95 mm | 3 3/4 in350 g | 12.3 oz
PH-10
+90°~ -90°
0°
0°
-4.9 kg 11.0 lbs|
60 mmBubble Level - -1 1 2
Bubble Level - --3
| 2 3/8 in225 g| 7.9 oz
PH-22
90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-503.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
90 mm | 3 1/2 in360 g | 12.7 oz
PH-12
PH-30
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-36|
|
3.0 kg
72 mm390 g|
6.6 lbs
2 7/8 in13.8 oz
PH-32
90°~ -30°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-515.0 kg 11.0 lbs|
121 mm |4 3/4 in500 g |17.6 oz
+60°~ -90°
360°
-
QS-666.0 kg 13.2 lbs|
85.5 mm | 3 3/8 in450 g | 15.9 oz
+60°~ -90°
360°
-
QS-668.0 kg 17.6 lbs|
94.5 mm |3 3/4 in550 g |19.4 oz
PH-113V PH-114V
FEATURES
•Various bubble level types
•1-handle 3-way compact pan head•Adjustable gravity center
● Rapid-action button for quick and smooth panning(PH-32 only)
● Dual safety locks● Tilt platform for photography at 90-degree angles
• Cylindric panorama
• PH-30
• PH-113V/PH-114V
• PH-32
• PH-20
• PH-10
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
5-YEARWARRANTY
PH-10/20/30 PH-21/22/31PH-32/50/50/55
PH Series pan head has 360-degree, smooth-panning and impressive tilting angles. It’s a brilliant combina-tion for any photographer who demands meticulous positioning for the perfect shot.
36 37
PH series Window mounts
Lateral Tilt
Rotation
Quick Shoe
Max. Loading
Weight
Height
Frontal Tilt -
360°
+90°~ -60°
-2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|
110 mmBubble Level - - - 2 1
| 4 3/8 in395 g | 13.9 oz
PH-201
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-362.0 kg 4.4 lbs|
150 mm | 5 7/8 in622 g | 21.9 oz
PH-222
-
360°
+90°~ -35°
QS-395.0 kg 11.0 lbs|
165 mm | 6 1/2 in585 g | 20.6 oz
PH-240
-
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-523.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
175 mm|6 7/8 in705 g|24.9 oz
PH-242
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-364.0 kg 8.8 lbs|
145 mm |5 3/4 in730 g |25.7 oz
PH-304
• PH-240's V-grooved clamp provides ultra secure attachment to tubes and tripod legs
•PH mounts to trees branches, fences, park signs and other common objects. •Securely mounts to
vehicle windows of varying widths•Can be used with a tripod
to support additional gear
• PH-242 features an extra-wide (1.6") base for attachement to decks
• PH-242
• PH-240
• PH-304
PH-201/304
• PH-222
2-YEARWARRANTY
5-YEARWARRANTY
Capture the moment no matter the location. No tripod ? PH pan head window mounts have unique bases and non-slip platforms. They easily attach to vehicle windows, tripods, tubular structures and others, enabling steady use of cameras, camcord-ers or spotting scopes for effortless panning.
38 39
PH series Window mounts
Lateral Tilt
Rotation
Quick Shoe
Max. Loading
Weight
Height
Frontal Tilt -
360°
+90°~ -60°
-2.0 kg 4.4 lbs|
110 mmBubble Level - - - 2 1
| 4 3/8 in395 g | 13.9 oz
PH-201
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-362.0 kg 4.4 lbs|
150 mm | 5 7/8 in622 g | 21.9 oz
PH-222
-
360°
+90°~ -35°
QS-395.0 kg 11.0 lbs|
165 mm | 6 1/2 in585 g | 20.6 oz
PH-240
-
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-523.0 kg 6.6 lbs|
175 mm|6 7/8 in705 g|24.9 oz
PH-242
0°~ +90°
360°
+90°~ -60°
QS-364.0 kg 8.8 lbs|
145 mm |5 3/4 in730 g |25.7 oz
PH-304
• PH-240's V-grooved clamp provides ultra secure attachment to tubes and tripod legs
•PH mounts to trees branches, fences, park signs and other common objects. •Securely mounts to
vehicle windows of varying widths•Can be used with a tripod
to support additional gear
• PH-242 features an extra-wide (1.6") base for attachement to decks
• PH-242
• PH-240
• PH-304
PH-201/304
• PH-222
2-YEARWARRANTY
5-YEARWARRANTY
Capture the moment no matter the location. No tripod ? PH pan head window mounts have unique bases and non-slip platforms. They easily attach to vehicle windows, tripods, tubular structures and others, enabling steady use of cameras, camcord-ers or spotting scopes for effortless panning.
38 39
VS/Quick Shoe series Table pods/QS/Accessories
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsPanhead Movements
Max. LoadingWeight
||
15 mm12|
200 mm110 mm
1.0 kg360 g |
7 7/8 in4 3/8 in
2.2 lbs12.7 oz
|7 7/8 in|5 3/8 in
15 mm1
Ball2.2 lbs|
200 mm136 mm
1.0 kg410 g |14.5 oz
220 mm |8 5/8 in210 mm |8 1/4 in
20 mm12
2.5 kg 5.5 lbs|330 g |11.6 oz
230 mm| 9 in250 mm| 9 7/8 in
20 mm22
2.5 kg 5.5 lbs|390 g| 13.8 oz
230 mm| 9 in255 mm| 10 in
20 mm1
Ball2.5 kg 5.5 lbs|400 g| 14.1 oz
160 mm|6 1/4 in275 mm|10 7/8 in
10 mm2
Ball0.5 kg 1.1 lbs|160 g|5.6 oz
135 mm | 5 3/8 in160 mm | 6 1/4 in
10 mm2
Ball0.5 kg 1.1 lbs|160 g | 5.6 oz
VS-30 VS-34 VS-62 VS-72 VS-80 VS-82 VS-86
Tripod bagsAlta bag 50 / 60 /70
Alta bag 50
110 x 500 mm 4 3/4 x 19 5/8 inches
140 g4.9 oz
Alta bag 70
120 x 700 mm 4 3/4 x 27 1/2 inches
180 g6.3 oz
Alta bag 60
120 x 600 mm 4 3/4 x 23 5/8 inches
160 g5.6 oz
Tripod bagsPro bag 80/85
Pro bag 80
155x 800 mm 16 1/8 x 31 1/2 inches
370 g13.1 oz
Pro bag 85
155 x 850 mm 16 1/8 x 33 1/2 inches
400 g14.1 oz
Tripod bags compatibility chart is on page 49
QS-101EW - Elevating Wheel, with crank, screw
and washer set (for Auctus Plus)
QS-100CS - Stainless 1/4 ’’ to 3/8 ’’
reversible screw
QS-100RF - Angled rubber foot for Auctus Plus and Auctus tripods
QS-100HK- Stainless steel Accessories Hook
Compatible with 1/4’’ 20UNC thread screw
QS-100SS- Large snow shoe for Auctus Plus and Auctus tripods
Multi-Mount 628 x 450 mm1 1/8 x24 inches
1.07 kg2.36 lbs
Alta strap 30Carrying Straps- Main Material: Jersey + PP
for Alta + tripods
SB-100Stone bag- Main Material: 420D Polyester
Universal for all tripods
• VS-30 • VS-62 • VS-72 • VS-82
Quick shoe compatibility chart is on page 47 to page 49
QS-45- Quick shoe, with 1/4”&
3/8”camera screw & pin- 90mm length
QS-65GH- Plate adaptors, with 1/4”
camera screw - Designed for GH-100 ball head
QS-47PF- Plate adaptors, with 1/4” &
3/8” camera screw & pin- 90mm length
QS-48PF- Plate adaptors, with
1/4” & 3/8” camera screw & pin
- 140mm length
QS-50- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-51- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw
QS-29- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-36- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-39- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw
QS-40- Quick shoe, with 3/8”
camera screw
For use with GH-100 ball head
QS-28- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-46- Quick shoe, with 1/4”&
3/8”camera screw & pin- 140mm length
QS-60- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw
QS-61- Quick shoe, with1/4”
camera screw in a removable slot & pin
2-YEARWARRANTY
VS tabletop tripod, available in various sizes, is ultracompact, lightweight and convenient.
VS series
QS quick release plates make setting up and taking down your camera a breeze. They securely keep your gear in position.
Quick Shoe series
Accessories
40 41
VS/Quick Shoe series Table pods/QS/Accessories
Folded HeightExtended HeightDiameter of Leg
Number of SectionsPanhead Movements
Max. LoadingWeight
||
15 mm12|
200 mm110 mm
1.0 kg360 g |
7 7/8 in4 3/8 in
2.2 lbs12.7 oz
|7 7/8 in|5 3/8 in
15 mm1
Ball2.2 lbs|
200 mm136 mm
1.0 kg410 g |14.5 oz
220 mm |8 5/8 in210 mm |8 1/4 in
20 mm12
2.5 kg 5.5 lbs|330 g |11.6 oz
230 mm| 9 in250 mm| 9 7/8 in
20 mm22
2.5 kg 5.5 lbs|390 g| 13.8 oz
230 mm| 9 in255 mm| 10 in
20 mm1
Ball2.5 kg 5.5 lbs|400 g| 14.1 oz
160 mm|6 1/4 in275 mm|10 7/8 in
10 mm2
Ball0.5 kg 1.1 lbs|160 g|5.6 oz
135 mm | 5 3/8 in160 mm | 6 1/4 in
10 mm2
Ball0.5 kg 1.1 lbs|160 g | 5.6 oz
VS-30 VS-34 VS-62 VS-72 VS-80 VS-82 VS-86
Tripod bagsAlta bag 50 / 60 /70
Alta bag 50
110 x 500 mm 4 3/4 x 19 5/8 inches
140 g4.9 oz
Alta bag 70
120 x 700 mm 4 3/4 x 27 1/2 inches
180 g6.3 oz
Alta bag 60
120 x 600 mm 4 3/4 x 23 5/8 inches
160 g5.6 oz
Tripod bagsPro bag 80/85
Pro bag 80
155x 800 mm 16 1/8 x 31 1/2 inches
370 g13.1 oz
Pro bag 85
155 x 850 mm 16 1/8 x 33 1/2 inches
400 g14.1 oz
Tripod bags compatibility chart is on page 49
QS-101EW - Elevating Wheel, with crank, screw
and washer set (for Auctus Plus)
QS-100CS - Stainless 1/4 ’’ to 3/8 ’’
reversible screw
QS-100RF - Angled rubber foot for Auctus Plus and Auctus tripods
QS-100HK- Stainless steel Accessories Hook
Compatible with 1/4’’ 20UNC thread screw
QS-100SS- Large snow shoe for Auctus Plus and Auctus tripods
Multi-Mount 628 x 450 mm1 1/8 x24 inches
1.07 kg2.36 lbs
Alta strap 30Carrying Straps- Main Material: Jersey + PP
for Alta + tripods
SB-100Stone bag- Main Material: 420D Polyester
Universal for all tripods
• VS-30 • VS-62 • VS-72 • VS-82
Quick shoe compatibility chart is on page 47 to page 49
QS-45- Quick shoe, with 1/4”&
3/8”camera screw & pin- 90mm length
QS-65GH- Plate adaptors, with 1/4”
camera screw - Designed for GH-100 ball head
QS-47PF- Plate adaptors, with 1/4” &
3/8” camera screw & pin- 90mm length
QS-48PF- Plate adaptors, with
1/4” & 3/8” camera screw & pin
- 140mm length
QS-50- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-51- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw
QS-29- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-36- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-39- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw
QS-40- Quick shoe, with 3/8”
camera screw
For use with GH-100 ball head
QS-28- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw & pin
QS-46- Quick shoe, with 1/4”&
3/8”camera screw & pin- 140mm length
QS-60- Quick shoe, with 1/4”
camera screw
QS-61- Quick shoe, with1/4”
camera screw in a removable slot & pin
2-YEARWARRANTY
VS tabletop tripod, available in various sizes, is ultracompact, lightweight and convenient.
VS series
QS quick release plates make setting up and taking down your camera a breeze. They securely keep your gear in position.
Quick Shoe series
Accessories
40 41
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Auctus Plus 283CTAuctus Plus 323CTAuctus Plus 283ATAuctus Plus 284ATAuctus Plus 323ATAuctus Plus 324AT
26 3/4
Auctus Plus series680 1700 66 7/8
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
1360 53 1/2 14 30.9 3.15 6.9428 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 3.65 8.0432 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 4.05 8.9332 3
25635 1700 66 7/8 1470 57 7/8 18 39.7 3.90 8.6032 4
26 3/4680 1700 66 7/8 1360 53 1/2 14 30.9 3.45 7.6128 3
24 1/2625 1600 63 1445 56 7/8
Macro Height
mm inches
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2 14 30.9 3.40 7.4928 4
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm
Macro Height
kg lbs
Max. LoadingWhen tiltingkg lbs kg lbs
Alta Pro 263ATAlta Pro 264ATAlta Pro 253CTAlta Pro 254CTAlta Pro 283CTAlta Pro 284CT
24 3/4
Alta Pro series630 651650 52 1/81325 6 1/4160 15.47.0 11.05.0 4.412.0026 3
21 1/8535 611550 50 3/81280 5 7/8150 15.47.0 11.05.0 4.632.1026 4
24 3/4630 651650 52 3/41340 6 1/4160 15.47.0 11.05.0 3.661.6625 3
20 7/8530 611550 52 3/81330 5 3/4145 15.47.0 11.05.0 3.461.5725 4
25 1/4640 66 7/81700 53 3/41365 6 1/2165 18.08.0 15.47.0 3.751.7028 3
21 1/8535 631600 50 3/81280 5 1/8130 18.08.0 15.47.0 3.811.7328 4
Min. Extended Height
mm inches mm inches
NEW !NEW !NEW !
NEW !
NEW !
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Abeo 283AVAbeo 323AVAbeo 243ABAbeo 283ABAbeo 323AB
28 3/8
Abeo series720 1670 65 6/8
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
1455 57 2/8 6 13.12 2.6 5.7328 3
30 7/8785 1920 75 5/8 1610 63 3/8 8 17.16 3.0 6.6132 3
31 5/8805 1930 76 1620 63 3/4 10 22.0 3.1 6.8332 3
24 5/8625 1570 61 6/8 1350 53 1/8 6 13.2 2.0 4.4124 3
28 7/8735 1685 66 3/8 1460 57 1/2
Macro Height
mm inches
300 11 3/4
325 12 3/4
345 13 5/8
285 11 1/4
315 12 3/8 8 17.6 2.6 5.7328 3
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Auctus 283CTAuctus 323CTAuctus 283ATAuctus 323AT
26 3/4
Auctus series680 1700 66 7/8
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
1360 53 1/2 14 30.9 2.90 6.3928 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 3.40 7.5032 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 3.80 8.3832 3
24 1/2625 1600 63 1445 56 7/8
Macro Height
mm inches
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2 14 30.9 3.20 7.0528 3
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingQuick ShoeHead Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
28 1/8715 68 1/81730 56 1/81425 26 QS-39 x 2
QS-39 x 2
QS-65GH
15.47.0 5.382.443 SBH-100
24 5/8625 641625 54 3/41390 26 15.47.0 5.532.514 SBH-100
28 1/2725 68 1/21740 56 1/81425 26 15.47.0 5.842.653 GH-100
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
10 3/8265
10 1/4260
10 3/8265
Macro Height
mm inches
Alta Pro 263AB 100Alta Pro 264AB 100
Alta Pro 263AGH
Alta Pro Kit series
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingQuick ShoeHead Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
21 1/8535 57 1/81450 48 7/81240 23 QS-39
QS-39
6.63.0 3.311.504 SBH-50
26660 651650 52 3/81330 26 11.05.0 4.301.953 SBH-100
QS-3922 1/2570 60 5/81540 51 3/81305 26 11.05.0 4.281.944 SBH-100
QS-5022 1/2570 57 1/81450 45 7/81165 20 4.42.0 3.001.363 PH-12
QS-5019 1/8485 51 1/81300 44 1/81120 20 4.42.0 2.981.354 PH-12
QS-5024 3/8620 631600 50 3/81280 23 6.63.0 3.531.603 PH-22
QS-5020 5/8525 57 1/81450 48 3/81230 23 6.63.0 3.421.554 PH-22
QS-5125635 651650 52 1/81325 26 11.05.0 4.412.003 PH-32
QS-5122 1/4565 611550 52 3/41340 26 11.05.0 4.391.994 PH-32
QS-65GH26 3/8670 64 5/81640 51 1/21310 26 11.05.0 4.752.163 GH-100
QS-5224610 57 1/81450 46 5/81185 23 6.63.0 3.531.603 PH-21
QS-5225 3/8645 70 1/81780 59 5/81515 26 11.05.0 4.632.104 PH-31
QS-3918 3/4475 491245 44 7/81140 23 6.63.0 3.201.455 SBH-50
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
Alta+ 234ABAlta+ 235AB 50
Alta+ 263AB 100Alta+ 264AB 100
Alta+ 203APAlta+ 204APAlta+ 233APAlta+ 234APAlta+ 263APAlta+ 264AP
Alta+ 263AGHAlta+ 233AOAlta+ 264AO
Alta+ Kit series
NEW !
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingMacro Height Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
16 1/8 47 5/8410 1210 6.63.0 2.010.914 1/8105 22 4401015
13 5/8 41 3/4345 1060 6.63.0 1.790.813 3/495 22 537 5/8955
22 7/8 61 3/4580 1570 8.84.0 2.871.305 1/2140 25 348 7/81240
18 1/2 57 1/8470 1450 8.84.0 2.581.174 1/2115 25 447 7/81215
15 1/2 49 1/4398 1250 8.84.0 2.561.163 7/81006 1/8155
25 543 1/4110051 1/8130023 1/4 65590 1650 13.26.0 3.111.4128 3
Min. Extended Height
mm inches mm inches
Alta+ 224CTAlta+ 225CTAlta+ 253CTAlta+ 254CTAlta+ 255CTAlta+ 283CT
Alta+ series
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Nivelo 244BKNivelo 245BKNivelo 204BKNivelo 204SLNivelo 204PK
16 1/4
Nivelo Collectiontripod series
410 57 1/8 24 41450 6.63.0 2.421.10
14 5/8370 63 3/8 24 51610 6.63.0 2.511.14
11 3/4300 39 3/4 20 41010 4.42.0 1.320.60
11 3/4300 39 3/4 20 41010 4.42.0 1.320.60
11 3/4300 39 3/4 20 41010 4.42.0 1.320.60
NEW !
NEW !
42 43
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Auctus Plus 283CTAuctus Plus 323CTAuctus Plus 283ATAuctus Plus 284ATAuctus Plus 323ATAuctus Plus 324AT
26 3/4
Auctus Plus series680 1700 66 7/8
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
1360 53 1/2 14 30.9 3.15 6.9428 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 3.65 8.0432 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 4.05 8.9332 3
25635 1700 66 7/8 1470 57 7/8 18 39.7 3.90 8.6032 4
26 3/4680 1700 66 7/8 1360 53 1/2 14 30.9 3.45 7.6128 3
24 1/2625 1600 63 1445 56 7/8
Macro Height
mm inches
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2 14 30.9 3.40 7.4928 4
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm
Macro Height
kg lbs
Max. LoadingWhen tiltingkg lbs kg lbs
Alta Pro 263ATAlta Pro 264ATAlta Pro 253CTAlta Pro 254CTAlta Pro 283CTAlta Pro 284CT
24 3/4
Alta Pro series630 651650 52 1/81325 6 1/4160 15.47.0 11.05.0 4.412.0026 3
21 1/8535 611550 50 3/81280 5 7/8150 15.47.0 11.05.0 4.632.1026 4
24 3/4630 651650 52 3/41340 6 1/4160 15.47.0 11.05.0 3.661.6625 3
20 7/8530 611550 52 3/81330 5 3/4145 15.47.0 11.05.0 3.461.5725 4
25 1/4640 66 7/81700 53 3/41365 6 1/2165 18.08.0 15.47.0 3.751.7028 3
21 1/8535 631600 50 3/81280 5 1/8130 18.08.0 15.47.0 3.811.7328 4
Min. Extended Height
mm inches mm inches
NEW !NEW !NEW !
NEW !
NEW !
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Abeo 283AVAbeo 323AVAbeo 243ABAbeo 283ABAbeo 323AB
28 3/8
Abeo series720 1670 65 6/8
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
1455 57 2/8 6 13.12 2.6 5.7328 3
30 7/8785 1920 75 5/8 1610 63 3/8 8 17.16 3.0 6.6132 3
31 5/8805 1930 76 1620 63 3/4 10 22.0 3.1 6.8332 3
24 5/8625 1570 61 6/8 1350 53 1/8 6 13.2 2.0 4.4124 3
28 7/8735 1685 66 3/8 1460 57 1/2
Macro Height
mm inches
300 11 3/4
325 12 3/4
345 13 5/8
285 11 1/4
315 12 3/8 8 17.6 2.6 5.7328 3
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Auctus 283CTAuctus 323CTAuctus 283ATAuctus 323AT
26 3/4
Auctus series680 1700 66 7/8
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
1360 53 1/2 14 30.9 2.90 6.3928 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 3.40 7.5032 3
28710 1800 70 7/8 1450 57 1/8 18 39.7 3.80 8.3832 3
24 1/2625 1600 63 1445 56 7/8
Macro Height
mm inches
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2
190 7 1/2 14 30.9 3.20 7.0528 3
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingQuick ShoeHead Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
28 1/8715 68 1/81730 56 1/81425 26 QS-39 x 2
QS-39 x 2
QS-65GH
15.47.0 5.382.443 SBH-100
24 5/8625 641625 54 3/41390 26 15.47.0 5.532.514 SBH-100
28 1/2725 68 1/21740 56 1/81425 26 15.47.0 5.842.653 GH-100
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
10 3/8265
10 1/4260
10 3/8265
Macro Height
mm inches
Alta Pro 263AB 100Alta Pro 264AB 100
Alta Pro 263AGH
Alta Pro Kit series
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingQuick ShoeHead Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
21 1/8535 57 1/81450 48 7/81240 23 QS-39
QS-39
6.63.0 3.311.504 SBH-50
26660 651650 52 3/81330 26 11.05.0 4.301.953 SBH-100
QS-3922 1/2570 60 5/81540 51 3/81305 26 11.05.0 4.281.944 SBH-100
QS-5022 1/2570 57 1/81450 45 7/81165 20 4.42.0 3.001.363 PH-12
QS-5019 1/8485 51 1/81300 44 1/81120 20 4.42.0 2.981.354 PH-12
QS-5024 3/8620 631600 50 3/81280 23 6.63.0 3.531.603 PH-22
QS-5020 5/8525 57 1/81450 48 3/81230 23 6.63.0 3.421.554 PH-22
QS-5125635 651650 52 1/81325 26 11.05.0 4.412.003 PH-32
QS-5122 1/4565 611550 52 3/41340 26 11.05.0 4.391.994 PH-32
QS-65GH26 3/8670 64 5/81640 51 1/21310 26 11.05.0 4.752.163 GH-100
QS-5224610 57 1/81450 46 5/81185 23 6.63.0 3.531.603 PH-21
QS-5225 3/8645 70 1/81780 59 5/81515 26 11.05.0 4.632.104 PH-31
QS-3918 3/4475 491245 44 7/81140 23 6.63.0 3.201.455 SBH-50
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
Alta+ 234ABAlta+ 235AB 50
Alta+ 263AB 100Alta+ 264AB 100
Alta+ 203APAlta+ 204APAlta+ 233APAlta+ 234APAlta+ 263APAlta+ 264AP
Alta+ 263AGHAlta+ 233AOAlta+ 264AO
Alta+ Kit series
NEW !
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingMacro Height Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
16 1/8 47 5/8410 1210 6.63.0 2.010.914 1/8105 22 4401015
13 5/8 41 3/4345 1060 6.63.0 1.790.813 3/495 22 537 5/8955
22 7/8 61 3/4580 1570 8.84.0 2.871.305 1/2140 25 348 7/81240
18 1/2 57 1/8470 1450 8.84.0 2.581.174 1/2115 25 447 7/81215
15 1/2 49 1/4398 1250 8.84.0 2.561.163 7/81006 1/8155
25 543 1/4110051 1/8130023 1/4 65590 1650 13.26.0 3.111.4128 3
Min. Extended Height
mm inches mm inches
Alta+ 224CTAlta+ 225CTAlta+ 253CTAlta+ 254CTAlta+ 255CTAlta+ 283CT
Alta+ series
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
Nivelo 244BKNivelo 245BKNivelo 204BKNivelo 204SLNivelo 204PK
16 1/4
Nivelo Collectiontripod series
410 57 1/8 24 41450 6.63.0 2.421.10
14 5/8370 63 3/8 24 51610 6.63.0 2.511.14
11 3/4300 39 3/4 20 41010 4.42.0 1.320.60
11 3/4300 39 3/4 20 41010 4.42.0 1.320.60
11 3/4300 39 3/4 20 41010 4.42.0 1.320.60
NEW !
NEW !
42 43
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs g oz
Elite CP-284Elite CP-324
Tracker AP-244Tracker AP-284Tracker AP-324
20 1/4
Elite CP/Tracker APseries
515 62 1/4 28 41580 18.08.0 16.2460
21 1/8535 65 3/4 32 41670 22.010.0 19.4550
18 3/4475 57 1/8 24 41450 13.26.0 14.5410
20 1/4515 62 1/4 28 41580 18.08.0 20.1570
22 1/8535 65 3/4 32 41670 22.010.0 24.3690
Tracker AP-364 22560 69 1/4 36 41760 26.012.0 28.6810
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs g oz
Espod AM-204SEspod AM-203Espod AM-233Espod AM-263
19 1/4
Espod AMseries
490 56 3/4 20 41440 6.63.0 11.3320
23 5/8600 57 1/8 20 31450 6.63.0 13.6385
25635 61 23 31550 6.63.0 16.2460
26 1/8665 63 26 31600 11.05.0 22.9650
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingQuick ShoePanheadMovements
Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
20 1/8510 51 1/81300 411040 20 -
QS-28
QS-28
4.42.0 2.030.923 2
23 5/8600 611550 48 5/81235 20 4.42.0 2.421.103 3
24 3/8620 651650 52 3/81330 23 6.63.0 2.871.303 3
QS-2820 7/8530 611550 51 5/81310 23 6.63.0 2.731.244 3
QS-2824 3/4630 651650 52 3/41340 26 11.05.0 3.371.533 3
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
MAK SMAK 203MAK 233MAK 234MAK 263
MAK series
FoldedHeight
ExetendedHeight
Number ofSections
Max. LoadingQuick ShoeHead Weightmm inches mm inches
Diameterof LegMacro Heightmm kg lbs kg lbs
22 1/2570 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 8 1/8205 4.42.0 2.871.3020 3 SBH-20 QS-36
22 1/2570 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 8 1/8205 4.42.0 2.871.3020 3 PH-20 QS-36
22 1/2520 57 1/81450 45 7/81165 7 2/3195 4.42.0 2.981.3520 4 PH-20 QS-36
24610 631600 501270 8 7/8225 6.63.0 3.311.6623 3 PH-30 QS-36
Min. ExtendedHeight
mm inches
Espod Plus 203ABEspod Plus 203APEspod Plus 204APEspod Plus 233AP
20 1/2520 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 7 3/4195 6.63.0 3.091.4023 4 PH-30 QS-36Espod Plus 234AP23 3/4605 631600 50 1/41275 8 1/2215 6.63.0 2.871.3023 3 SBH-20 QS-36Espod Plus 233CB22 1/2570 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 -- 4.42.0 2.911.3220 3 PH-20 QS-36Espod Plus 203AP24 1/2620 651650 51 1/81300 -- 6.63.0 3.971.8023 3 PH-30 QS-36Espod Plus 233AP
Espod Plus/Espod series
NEW !
NEW !NEW !
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
0° 11.04.9 7.9225 2 3/860+90°~ -90° 0°PH-10 -
PH-12 90°~ -60° 6.63.0 12.3350 2 7/872+90°~ -30° 360° QS-50
+90°~ -60° 4.42.0 11.6330 2 3/4700°~ +90° 360°PH-20 QS-36
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 12.3350 3 3/495+90°~ -30° 360°PH-21 QS-52
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 12.7360 3 1/290+90°~ -30° 360°PH-22 QS-50
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 13.8390 2 7/8720°~ +90° 360°PH-30 QS-36
+90°~ -60° 11.05.0 17.6500 4 3/4121+90°~ -30° 360°PH-32 QS-51
+90°~ -60° 8.84.0 25.7730 5 3/41450°~ +90° 360°PH-304 QS-36
PH-113VPH-114V
- 13.26.0 15.9450 3 3/885+60°~ -90° 360° QS-66
- 17.68.0 19.4550 3 6/894+60°~ -90° 360° QS-66
+90°~ -60° 4.42.0 13.9395 4 3/8110- 360°PH-201 -
+90°~ -60° 4.42.0 21.9622 5 7/81500°~ +90° 360°PH-222 QS-36
+90°~ -35° 11.05.0 20.6585 6 1/2165- 360°PH-240 QS-39
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 24.9705 6 7/8175- 360°PH-242 QS-52
PH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick Shoe
-
1
-
1
2
-
3
-
0
0
-
-
2
1
Bubble LevelFrontal Tilt
NEW !NEW !
NEW !
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
+90°~ -35°° 2210 15.9450 3 7/81002 360°BBH-100 QS-60
BBH-200 +90°~ -30° 4420 18.7530 4 3/81102 360° QS-60
+90°~ -35° 6630 23.3660 4 1/21152 360°BBH-300 QS-61
BBH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick ShoeBubble Level
NEW !
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
+90°~ -32° 13.26.0 22.4635 4 1/8105+90°~ -8° 360°GH-100 QS-65GH
GH-200 +90°~ -32° 13.226.0 28.4805 4 5/8115+90°~ -8° 360° QS-60
GH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick ShoeFrontal Tilt
1
2
Bubble Level
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
+90°~ -90° 8.84.0 3.599 2 3/859360°SBH-20P -
SBH-20 +90°~ -90° 8.84.0 5.8165 2 3/469360° QS-36
+90°~ -35° 11.05.0 9.5270 3 1/880360°SBH-30 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -35° 13.26.0 10.2290 3 1/290360°SBH-50 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -35° 22.010.0 15.9450 4 1/8105360°SBH-100 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -35° 44.020.0 20.5580 4 3/8110360°SBH-250 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -40° 70.032.0 26.5750 4 3/4120360°SBH-300 QS-45
SBH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick Shoe
-
-
2
2
2
2
2
Bubble Level
44 45
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs g oz
Elite CP-284Elite CP-324
Tracker AP-244Tracker AP-284Tracker AP-324
20 1/4
Elite CP/Tracker APseries
515 62 1/4 28 41580 18.08.0 16.2460
21 1/8535 65 3/4 32 41670 22.010.0 19.4550
18 3/4475 57 1/8 24 41450 13.26.0 14.5410
20 1/4515 62 1/4 28 41580 18.08.0 20.1570
22 1/8535 65 3/4 32 41670 22.010.0 24.3690
Tracker AP-364 22560 69 1/4 36 41760 26.012.0 28.6810
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs g oz
Espod AM-204SEspod AM-203Espod AM-233Espod AM-263
19 1/4
Espod AMseries
490 56 3/4 20 41440 6.63.0 11.3320
23 5/8600 57 1/8 20 31450 6.63.0 13.6385
25635 61 23 31550 6.63.0 16.2460
26 1/8665 63 26 31600 11.05.0 22.9650
Folded Height Exetended Height Number of Sections Max. LoadingQuick ShoePanheadMovements
Weight
mm inches mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm kg lbs kg lbs
20 1/8510 51 1/81300 411040 20 -
QS-28
QS-28
4.42.0 2.030.923 2
23 5/8600 611550 48 5/81235 20 4.42.0 2.421.103 3
24 3/8620 651650 52 3/81330 23 6.63.0 2.871.303 3
QS-2820 7/8530 611550 51 5/81310 23 6.63.0 2.731.244 3
QS-2824 3/4630 651650 52 3/41340 26 11.05.0 3.371.533 3
Min. Extended Height
mm inches
MAK SMAK 203MAK 233MAK 234MAK 263
MAK series
FoldedHeight
ExetendedHeight
Number ofSections
Max. LoadingQuick ShoeHead Weightmm inches mm inches
Diameterof LegMacro Heightmm kg lbs kg lbs
22 1/2570 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 8 1/8205 4.42.0 2.871.3020 3 SBH-20 QS-36
22 1/2570 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 8 1/8205 4.42.0 2.871.3020 3 PH-20 QS-36
22 1/2520 57 1/81450 45 7/81165 7 2/3195 4.42.0 2.981.3520 4 PH-20 QS-36
24610 631600 501270 8 7/8225 6.63.0 3.311.6623 3 PH-30 QS-36
Min. ExtendedHeight
mm inches
Espod Plus 203ABEspod Plus 203APEspod Plus 204APEspod Plus 233AP
20 1/2520 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 7 3/4195 6.63.0 3.091.4023 4 PH-30 QS-36Espod Plus 234AP23 3/4605 631600 50 1/41275 8 1/2215 6.63.0 2.871.3023 3 SBH-20 QS-36Espod Plus 233CB22 1/2570 57 1/81450 48 5/81235 -- 4.42.0 2.911.3220 3 PH-20 QS-36Espod Plus 203AP24 1/2620 651650 51 1/81300 -- 6.63.0 3.971.8023 3 PH-30 QS-36Espod Plus 233AP
Espod Plus/Espod series
NEW !
NEW !NEW !
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
0° 11.04.9 7.9225 2 3/860+90°~ -90° 0°PH-10 -
PH-12 90°~ -60° 6.63.0 12.3350 2 7/872+90°~ -30° 360° QS-50
+90°~ -60° 4.42.0 11.6330 2 3/4700°~ +90° 360°PH-20 QS-36
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 12.3350 3 3/495+90°~ -30° 360°PH-21 QS-52
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 12.7360 3 1/290+90°~ -30° 360°PH-22 QS-50
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 13.8390 2 7/8720°~ +90° 360°PH-30 QS-36
+90°~ -60° 11.05.0 17.6500 4 3/4121+90°~ -30° 360°PH-32 QS-51
+90°~ -60° 8.84.0 25.7730 5 3/41450°~ +90° 360°PH-304 QS-36
PH-113VPH-114V
- 13.26.0 15.9450 3 3/885+60°~ -90° 360° QS-66
- 17.68.0 19.4550 3 6/894+60°~ -90° 360° QS-66
+90°~ -60° 4.42.0 13.9395 4 3/8110- 360°PH-201 -
+90°~ -60° 4.42.0 21.9622 5 7/81500°~ +90° 360°PH-222 QS-36
+90°~ -35° 11.05.0 20.6585 6 1/2165- 360°PH-240 QS-39
+90°~ -60° 6.63.0 24.9705 6 7/8175- 360°PH-242 QS-52
PH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick Shoe
-
1
-
1
2
-
3
-
0
0
-
-
2
1
Bubble LevelFrontal Tilt
NEW !NEW !
NEW !
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
+90°~ -35°° 2210 15.9450 3 7/81002 360°BBH-100 QS-60
BBH-200 +90°~ -30° 4420 18.7530 4 3/81102 360° QS-60
+90°~ -35° 6630 23.3660 4 1/21152 360°BBH-300 QS-61
BBH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick ShoeBubble Level
NEW !
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
+90°~ -32° 13.26.0 22.4635 4 1/8105+90°~ -8° 360°GH-100 QS-65GH
GH-200 +90°~ -32° 13.226.0 28.4805 4 5/8115+90°~ -8° 360° QS-60
GH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick ShoeFrontal Tilt
1
2
Bubble Level
Height
mm inches
Max. Loading
kg lbs
Weight
g oz
+90°~ -90° 8.84.0 3.599 2 3/859360°SBH-20P -
SBH-20 +90°~ -90° 8.84.0 5.8165 2 3/469360° QS-36
+90°~ -35° 11.05.0 9.5270 3 1/880360°SBH-30 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -35° 13.26.0 10.2290 3 1/290360°SBH-50 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -35° 22.010.0 15.9450 4 1/8105360°SBH-100 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -35° 44.020.0 20.5580 4 3/8110360°SBH-250 QS-39 x 2
+90°~ -40° 70.032.0 26.5750 4 3/4120360°SBH-300 QS-45
SBH series Lateral Tilt Rotation Quick Shoe
-
-
2
2
2
2
2
Bubble Level
44 45
Grip Head/Ball Head/Pan Head/Video Pan Head Compatibility ChartNumber of SectionsFolded Height
mm inches
Exetended Height
mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm
Max. Loading
Kg lbs
Weight
g oz
7 7/8 4 3/8220 110 2.21.0 12.736015 1
7 7/8 5 3/8200 136 2.21.0 14.541015 1
5 3/8 6 1/4135 160 1.10.5 5.616010 2
6 1/4 10 7/8160 275 1.10.5 5.616010 2
8 5/8 8 1/4220 210 5.52.5 11.633020 1
9 9 7/8230 250 5.52.5 13.839020 2
VS-30VS-34VS-62VS-72VS-80VS-82
9 10230 255 5.52.5 14.140020 1
Panhead Movements
2
Ball
Ball
Ball
2
2BallVS-86
VS series
Tripod BagCompatibility Chart
Included Compatible
Alta+
234A
B/26
4AB
100
Alta+
235A
B 50
Alta+
263A
B 10
0Al
ta+ 23
3AO
Alta+
264A
OAl
ta+ 26
3AGH
Alta+
203A
P/23
4AP/
264A
PAl
ta+ 20
4AP
Alta+
233A
P/26
3AP
Alta+
253C
T/28
3CT
Alta+
224C
T/22
5CT
Alta+
254C
T/25
5CT
Alta
pro 26
3AB
100
Alta
pro 26
4AB
100
Alta
pro 26
3AGH
Alta
pro 25
3CT/
283C
TAl
ta pr
o 254C
T/28
4CT
Alta
pro 26
3AT
Alta
pro 26
4AT
Abeo
283A
V/24
3AB/
283A
BAb
eo 32
3AV/
323A
BAu
ctus P
lus 28
3CT/
323C
TAu
ctus P
lus 28
3AT/
323A
T
Auctu
s 283
CT/32
3CT
Auctu
s 283
AT/32
3AT
Auctu
s Plus
284A
T/32
4AT
Espo
d Plus
233C
B
Espo
d Plus
203A
PEs
pod P
lus 20
4AP/
234A
PEs
pod P
lus 23
3AP
Espo
d Plus
203A
B
Alta bag 50Alta bag 60Alta bag 70Pro bag 80Pro bag 85
TB-16TB-17TB-18TB-90TB-95TB-28TB-29
X2
X2
X2
X2
QS-2
8
QS-2
9
QS-3
6
QS-3
9
QS-4
0
QS-4
5
QS-4
6
QS-5
0
QS-5
1
QS-5
2
QS-6
0
QS-6
1
QS-6
5GH
QS-6
6
QS-4
7PF
QS-4
8PF
GH-100GH-200
BBH-100BBH-200BBH-300SBH-20P
SBH-20SBH-30SBH-50
SBH-100SBH-250SBH-300
PH-10PH-12PH-20PH-30PH-21PH-22PH-31PH-32
PH-201PH-222PH-240PH-242PH-304
QS-47PFQS-48PFPH-113VPH-114V
QUICK SHOES PLATFORMS
included the most compatible2 pieces includedX2
Compatibilities Compatibilities
46 47
Grip Head/Ball Head/Pan Head/Video Pan Head Compatibility ChartNumber of SectionsFolded Height
mm inches
Exetended Height
mm inches
Diameter of Leg
mm
Max. Loading
Kg lbs
Weight
g oz
7 7/8 4 3/8220 110 2.21.0 12.736015 1
7 7/8 5 3/8200 136 2.21.0 14.541015 1
5 3/8 6 1/4135 160 1.10.5 5.616010 2
6 1/4 10 7/8160 275 1.10.5 5.616010 2
8 5/8 8 1/4220 210 5.52.5 11.633020 1
9 9 7/8230 250 5.52.5 13.839020 2
VS-30VS-34VS-62VS-72VS-80VS-82
9 10230 255 5.52.5 14.140020 1
Panhead Movements
2
Ball
Ball
Ball
2
2BallVS-86
VS series
Tripod BagCompatibility Chart
Included Compatible
Alta+
234A
B/26
4AB
100
Alta+
235A
B 50
Alta+
263A
B 10
0Al
ta+ 23
3AO
Alta+
264A
OAl
ta+ 26
3AGH
Alta+
203A
P/23
4AP/
264A
PAl
ta+ 20
4AP
Alta+
233A
P/26
3AP
Alta+
253C
T/28
3CT
Alta+
224C
T/22
5CT
Alta+
254C
T/25
5CT
Alta
pro 26
3AB
100
Alta
pro 26
4AB
100
Alta
pro 26
3AGH
Alta
pro 25
3CT/
283C
TAl
ta pr
o 254C
T/28
4CT
Alta
pro 26
3AT
Alta
pro 26
4AT
Abeo
283A
V/24
3AB/
283A
BAb
eo 32
3AV/
323A
BAu
ctus P
lus 28
3CT/
323C
TAu
ctus P
lus 28
3AT/
323A
T
Auctu
s 283
CT/32
3CT
Auctu
s 283
AT/32
3AT
Auctu
s Plus
284A
T/32
4AT
Espo
d Plus
233C
B
Espo
d Plus
203A
PEs
pod P
lus 20
4AP/
234A
PEs
pod P
lus 23
3AP
Espo
d Plus
203A
B
Alta bag 50Alta bag 60Alta bag 70Pro bag 80Pro bag 85
TB-16TB-17TB-18TB-90TB-95TB-28TB-29
X2
X2
X2
X2
QS-2
8
QS-2
9
QS-3
6
QS-3
9
QS-4
0
QS-4
5
QS-4
6
QS-5
0
QS-5
1
QS-5
2
QS-6
0
QS-6
1
QS-6
5GH
QS-6
6
QS-4
7PF
QS-4
8PF
GH-100GH-200
BBH-100BBH-200BBH-300SBH-20P
SBH-20SBH-30SBH-50
SBH-100SBH-250SBH-300
PH-10PH-12PH-20PH-30PH-21PH-22PH-31PH-32
PH-201PH-222PH-240PH-242PH-304
QS-47PFQS-48PFPH-113VPH-114V
QUICK SHOES PLATFORMS
included the most compatible2 pieces includedX2
Compatibilities Compatibilities
46 47
Alta Pro 263AGH
Alta Pro 254CT
Alta+ 224CT/225CTAlta+ 253CT/254CT/255CT
Alta+ 283CTAlta+ 233AOAlta+ 264AO
Alta+ 263AGHAlta+ 234AB/235AB 50
Alta Pro 263AB 100 X2
Alta Pro 264AB 100 X2
Alta Pro 253CT
Alta Pro 263AT/264ATAlta Pro 283CT/284CT
Auctus Plus 323CTAuctus Plus 283CT
Auctus Plus 283AT/284ATAuctus Plus 323AT/324AT
Auctus 283CTAuctus 323CTAuctus 283ATAuctus 323AT
Abeo 243ABAbeo 283ABAbeo 283AVAbeo 323ABAbeo 323AV
QS-2
8QS
-29
QS-3
6QS
-39
QS-4
0QS
-45
QS-4
6QS
-50
QS-5
1QS
-52
QS-6
0QS
-61
QS-6
6QS
-65G
HPH
-113
VPH
-114
V
PH-1
2PH
-21
PH-2
2PH
-31
PH-3
2PH
-42
PH-5
0
PH-1
0PH
-20
PH-3
0
SBH-
20P
BBH-
300
BBH-
200
BBH-
100
SBH-
20SB
H-30
SBH-
100
SBH-
50
SBH-
250
SBH-
300
GH-1
00
GH-2
00
QUICK SHOES PAN HEADS BALL HEADSGRIP HEAD PLATFORMS
QS-4
7PF
QS-4
8PF
PH-5
5
QS-2
8QS
-29
QS-3
6QS
-39
QS-4
0QS
-45
QS-4
6QS
-50
QS-5
1QS
-52
QS-6
0QS
-61
QS-6
6QS
-65G
HPH
-113
VPH
-114
V
PH-1
2PH
-21
PH-2
2PH
-31
PH-3
2PH
-42
PH-5
0
PH-1
0PH
-20
PH-3
0
SBH-
20P
BBH-
300
BBH-
200
BBH-
100
SBH-
20SB
H-30
SBH-
100
SBH-
50
SBH-
250
SBH-
300
GH-1
00
GH-2
00
QUICK SHOES PAN HEADS BALL HEADSGRIP HEAD PLATFORMS
QS-4
7PF
QS-4
8PF
PH-5
5
Alta+ 263AB 100/264AB 100Alta+ 203AP/204APAlta+ 263AP/264AP
Alta+ 233AP/234AP/235AP
Espod Plus 233AP/234APEspod 203APEspod 233APNivelo 204BKNivelo 204SL
MAK SMAK 203/233/234/263
Tracker AP-284Tracker AP-244
Elite CP-324Elite CP-284
Espod AM-204SEspod AM-203Espod AM-233Espod AM-263
Tracker AP-324Tracker AP-364
Espod Plus 233CBEspod Plus 203AB
Espod Plus 203AP/204AP
Head FixedHead Fixed
Nivelo 204PKNivelo 244BKNivelo 244BK
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed (M1 Head)
Head Fixed (M1 Head)
Tripod Compatibility ChartTripod Compatibility Chart
Compatibilities Compatibilities
48 49
Alta Pro 263AGH
Alta Pro 254CT
Alta+ 224CT/225CTAlta+ 253CT/254CT/255CT
Alta+ 283CTAlta+ 233AOAlta+ 264AO
Alta+ 263AGHAlta+ 234AB/235AB 50
Alta Pro 263AB 100 X2
Alta Pro 264AB 100 X2
Alta Pro 253CT
Alta Pro 263AT/264ATAlta Pro 283CT/284CT
Auctus Plus 323CTAuctus Plus 283CT
Auctus Plus 283AT/284ATAuctus Plus 323AT/324AT
Auctus 283CTAuctus 323CTAuctus 283ATAuctus 323AT
Abeo 243ABAbeo 283ABAbeo 283AVAbeo 323ABAbeo 323AV
QS-2
8QS
-29
QS-3
6QS
-39
QS-4
0QS
-45
QS-4
6QS
-50
QS-5
1QS
-52
QS-6
0QS
-61
QS-6
6QS
-65G
HPH
-113
VPH
-114
V
PH-1
2PH
-21
PH-2
2PH
-31
PH-3
2PH
-42
PH-5
0
PH-1
0PH
-20
PH-3
0
SBH-
20P
BBH-
300
BBH-
200
BBH-
100
SBH-
20SB
H-30
SBH-
100
SBH-
50
SBH-
250
SBH-
300
GH-1
00
GH-2
00
QUICK SHOES PAN HEADS BALL HEADSGRIP HEAD PLATFORMS
QS-4
7PF
QS-4
8PF
PH-5
5
QS-2
8QS
-29
QS-3
6QS
-39
QS-4
0QS
-45
QS-4
6QS
-50
QS-5
1QS
-52
QS-6
0QS
-61
QS-6
6QS
-65G
HPH
-113
VPH
-114
V
PH-1
2PH
-21
PH-2
2PH
-31
PH-3
2PH
-42
PH-5
0
PH-1
0PH
-20
PH-3
0
SBH-
20P
BBH-
300
BBH-
200
BBH-
100
SBH-
20SB
H-30
SBH-
100
SBH-
50
SBH-
250
SBH-
300
GH-1
00
GH-2
00
QUICK SHOES PAN HEADS BALL HEADSGRIP HEAD PLATFORMS
QS-4
7PF
QS-4
8PF
PH-5
5
Alta+ 263AB 100/264AB 100Alta+ 203AP/204APAlta+ 263AP/264AP
Alta+ 233AP/234AP/235AP
Espod Plus 233AP/234APEspod 203APEspod 233APNivelo 204BKNivelo 204SL
MAK SMAK 203/233/234/263
Tracker AP-284Tracker AP-244
Elite CP-324Elite CP-284
Espod AM-204SEspod AM-203Espod AM-233Espod AM-263
Tracker AP-324Tracker AP-364
Espod Plus 233CBEspod Plus 203AB
Espod Plus 203AP/204AP
Head FixedHead Fixed
Nivelo 204PKNivelo 244BKNivelo 244BK
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed
Head Fixed (M1 Head)
Head Fixed (M1 Head)
Tripod Compatibility ChartTripod Compatibility Chart
Compatibilities Compatibilities
48 49
BAGS
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
BAGS
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
52
•1 combination lock + 1 pouch
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
||
|
370 × 170 × 310430 × 290 × 485
10.5 kg3.95 kg |
14 5/8 × 6 3/4 × 12 1/4
16 7/8 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
23.2lbs8.71 lbs
Xcenior 41T Xcenior 48T
Xcenior 62T
310 × 170 × 410 |380 × 290 × 485 |
15 kg |4.25 kg |
12 1/4 × 6 3/4 × 16 1/8
15 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
33.1 lbs9.37 lbs
350 × 170 × 550|470 × 310 × 685|
22 kg|5.1 kg|
13 3/4 × 6 3/4 × 21 5/8
18 1/2 × 12 1/4 × 27
48.5 lbs11.24 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
12” 14”
17”
Spotting Scopes
• Impressive protection
• 3-handle system enable you to lift the trolley easily
•Padded laptopcompartment inside• Studio on-the-go
• Strong trolley extends and collapses easily
Oversized wheels en
able
smoo
th ro
lling
Fron
t and
side
tripod carrying system
FEATURES●
● ● ● ●
●
●
● Studio on-the-goLarge capacity for effortless transportationDoubles as luggage with a removable interiorImpressive protectionAirline carry-on friendly*Laptop compartment (12” for 41T, 14” for 48T, 17” for 62T)
Exterior fabric1000D*1200D + 1000D*1000D + 1680D*1680D PolyesterInterior fabric150D Polyester + Velvet
• Xcenior 48T• Xcenior 62T • Xcenior 41T
NEW 3-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Xcenior seriesPhoto-video trolleys
The travel-loving Xcenior Trolley is a trusted companion for the jet-setting professional photographer and is airline carry-on friendly.* It’s ultra secure, customizable and easy to use so you can bring your studio along anywhere in the world!
Inside, it’s completely configurable with hook-and-loop fasteners so you can adjust to fit your gear. Tote your tripod, too, by attaching to its front or side straps. Your laptop will stay well protected in its padded sleeve .
Oversized wheels enable smooth rolling and molded feet provide great stability. A strong trolley handle extends and collapses with ease. Three handles enable you to conveniently load it into airplane overhead compart-ments. Its top handle is thick and moves smoothly.
Xcenior’s generous in the details, too, with a roomy front pocket and durable, high-end buckles, zippers and straps so you’ll be worry free about your gear’s safety.
Xcenior doubles as luggage for general use, too! Simply remove the padded inner compartment. Also features a bonus accessory pouch.
53
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
+
* Airline carry-on regulations are subject to change and vary by airline and country. To meet the requirements, you may need to remove laptops, tripod holders and attachments. Call your airline or visit its website for current size and weight restrictions.
52
•1 combination lock + 1 pouch
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
||
|
370 × 170 × 310430 × 290 × 485
10.5 kg3.95 kg |
14 5/8 × 6 3/4 × 12 1/4
16 7/8 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
23.2lbs8.71 lbs
Xcenior 41T Xcenior 48T
Xcenior 62T
310 × 170 × 410 |380 × 290 × 485 |
15 kg |4.25 kg |
12 1/4 × 6 3/4 × 16 1/8
15 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
33.1 lbs9.37 lbs
350 × 170 × 550|470 × 310 × 685|
22 kg|5.1 kg|
13 3/4 × 6 3/4 × 21 5/8
18 1/2 × 12 1/4 × 27
48.5 lbs11.24 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
12” 14”
17”
Spotting Scopes
• Impressive protection
• 3-handle system enable you to lift the trolley easily
•Padded laptopcompartment inside• Studio on-the-go
• Strong trolley extends and collapses easily
Oversized wheels en
able
smoo
th ro
lling
Fron
t and
side
tripod carrying system
FEATURES●
● ● ● ●
●
●
● Studio on-the-goLarge capacity for effortless transportationDoubles as luggage with a removable interiorImpressive protectionAirline carry-on friendly*Laptop compartment (12” for 41T, 14” for 48T, 17” for 62T)
Exterior fabric1000D*1200D + 1000D*1000D + 1680D*1680D PolyesterInterior fabric150D Polyester + Velvet
• Xcenior 48T• Xcenior 62T • Xcenior 41T
NEW 3-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Xcenior seriesPhoto-video trolleys
The travel-loving Xcenior Trolley is a trusted companion for the jet-setting professional photographer and is airline carry-on friendly.* It’s ultra secure, customizable and easy to use so you can bring your studio along anywhere in the world!
Inside, it’s completely configurable with hook-and-loop fasteners so you can adjust to fit your gear. Tote your tripod, too, by attaching to its front or side straps. Your laptop will stay well protected in its padded sleeve .
Oversized wheels enable smooth rolling and molded feet provide great stability. A strong trolley handle extends and collapses with ease. Three handles enable you to conveniently load it into airplane overhead compart-ments. Its top handle is thick and moves smoothly.
Xcenior’s generous in the details, too, with a roomy front pocket and durable, high-end buckles, zippers and straps so you’ll be worry free about your gear’s safety.
Xcenior doubles as luggage for general use, too! Simply remove the padded inner compartment. Also features a bonus accessory pouch.
53
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
+
* Airline carry-on regulations are subject to change and vary by airline and country. To meet the requirements, you may need to remove laptops, tripod holders and attachments. Call your airline or visit its website for current size and weight restrictions.
• Accessory pouch
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
300 × 180 × 240 |420 × 320 × 320 |
8.5 kg |2.15 kg |
11 3/4 × 7 1/8 × 9 1/2
16 1/2 × 12 5/8 × 12 5/8
18.8 lbs4.74 lbs
360 × 180 × 280 |500 × 340 × 350 |
11.5 kg |2.7 kg |
14 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 1119 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 13 3/4
25.4 lbs 5.95 lbs
410 × 180 × 300 |550 × 340 × 400 |
15 kg |2.95 kg |
16 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 11 3/4
21 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 15 3/4
33.1 lbs6.5 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
10” 14”
15”
Spotting Scopes
• Large capacity for studio on-the-go
• Innovative multi-layered, anti-shock bottom and semi-solid front panel
• Compatible with VANGUARD ICS Harness
• Slide Hanging System
• Detachable rain cover
Trip
od
carrying system
Xcenior 30 Xcenior 36
Xcenior 41
FEATURES●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Studio on the goRoomy interior holds a large amount of gear with pockets for accessoriesImpressive protectionInnovative multi-layered, anti-shock bottom and semi-solid front panelTripod carrying systemYour full-size tripod stays ultra safe by conveniently securing to Xcenior’s sturdy handle and holding snugly against the bag with two adjustable straps. VANGUARD ICS Harness compatibleLaptop compartment (10” for 30, 14” for 36, 15” for 41)
Exterior fabric1000D*1200D + 1680D*1680D PolyesterInterior fabric150D Polyester + Velvet
• Trolley sleeve
• Xcenior 30
LimitedLifetimeWarrantyNEW Weather
Proof
Xcenior seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Xcenior Series shoulder bag is the modern professional photographer’s studio on the go, delivering impressive perfor-mance in all of the key areas. It has a large capacity to keep an array of gear organized. It’s a standout protector, too, with an innovative multi-layered interior and anti-shock bottom.
Busy photographers can pack a complete set of gear with great security and highly comfortable features that make it standout as one of the best on the market and tote it from shoot to shoot with ease. Anti-scratch, moisture-resistant fabric on its bottom keeps gear protected from dust and water. Beyond its sleek, attractive design, Xcenior takes protection seriously. It has a molded, semi-solid exterior. It also boasts a tripod carrying system. Your full-size tripod stays ultra safe by conveniently securing to Xcenior’s sturdy handle and holding snugly against the bag with two adjustable straps.
Unlike other shoulder bags, Xcenior provides impressive protection
with innovative multi-layered, anti-shock bottom and a semi-solid front panel. It’s customizable, too, with dividers with hook-and-loop fasteners. Photographers can tailor it to fit their exact needs, which may change depending on the scenario and gear. There are numerous pockets on all sides and on the interior to keep all of your accessories stored exactly where you need them to be. A side-hanging system enables you to attach lens cases and pouches. Its rain cover conveniently tucks away for use when needed. Also features a bonus accessory pouch and memory card sleeve.
Security is also a top priority for Xcenior, too, with three secure points on the upper part of the bag, so you’re assured your expensive gear is safe. Xcenior is shockingly comfortable to carry, even when fully loaded. An anti-slip shoulder strap evenly distributes weight on your shoulder and its innovative padded t-shaped handle provides reliable support.
54 55
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
• Accessory pouch
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
300 × 180 × 240 |420 × 320 × 320 |
8.5 kg |2.15 kg |
11 3/4 × 7 1/8 × 9 1/2
16 1/2 × 12 5/8 × 12 5/8
18.8 lbs4.74 lbs
360 × 180 × 280 |500 × 340 × 350 |
11.5 kg |2.7 kg |
14 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 1119 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 13 3/4
25.4 lbs 5.95 lbs
410 × 180 × 300 |550 × 340 × 400 |
15 kg |2.95 kg |
16 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 11 3/4
21 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 15 3/4
33.1 lbs6.5 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
10” 14”
15”
Spotting Scopes
• Large capacity for studio on-the-go
• Innovative multi-layered, anti-shock bottom and semi-solid front panel
• Compatible with VANGUARD ICS Harness
• Slide Hanging System
• Detachable rain cover
Trip
od
carrying system
Xcenior 30 Xcenior 36
Xcenior 41
FEATURES●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Studio on the goRoomy interior holds a large amount of gear with pockets for accessoriesImpressive protectionInnovative multi-layered, anti-shock bottom and semi-solid front panelTripod carrying systemYour full-size tripod stays ultra safe by conveniently securing to Xcenior’s sturdy handle and holding snugly against the bag with two adjustable straps. VANGUARD ICS Harness compatibleLaptop compartment (10” for 30, 14” for 36, 15” for 41)
Exterior fabric1000D*1200D + 1680D*1680D PolyesterInterior fabric150D Polyester + Velvet
• Trolley sleeve
• Xcenior 30
LimitedLifetimeWarrantyNEW Weather
Proof
Xcenior seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Xcenior Series shoulder bag is the modern professional photographer’s studio on the go, delivering impressive perfor-mance in all of the key areas. It has a large capacity to keep an array of gear organized. It’s a standout protector, too, with an innovative multi-layered interior and anti-shock bottom.
Busy photographers can pack a complete set of gear with great security and highly comfortable features that make it standout as one of the best on the market and tote it from shoot to shoot with ease. Anti-scratch, moisture-resistant fabric on its bottom keeps gear protected from dust and water. Beyond its sleek, attractive design, Xcenior takes protection seriously. It has a molded, semi-solid exterior. It also boasts a tripod carrying system. Your full-size tripod stays ultra safe by conveniently securing to Xcenior’s sturdy handle and holding snugly against the bag with two adjustable straps.
Unlike other shoulder bags, Xcenior provides impressive protection
with innovative multi-layered, anti-shock bottom and a semi-solid front panel. It’s customizable, too, with dividers with hook-and-loop fasteners. Photographers can tailor it to fit their exact needs, which may change depending on the scenario and gear. There are numerous pockets on all sides and on the interior to keep all of your accessories stored exactly where you need them to be. A side-hanging system enables you to attach lens cases and pouches. Its rain cover conveniently tucks away for use when needed. Also features a bonus accessory pouch and memory card sleeve.
Security is also a top priority for Xcenior, too, with three secure points on the upper part of the bag, so you’re assured your expensive gear is safe. Xcenior is shockingly comfortable to carry, even when fully loaded. An anti-slip shoulder strap evenly distributes weight on your shoulder and its innovative padded t-shaped handle provides reliable support.
54 55
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
•1 cell phone holder + 1 extra laptop sleev
e
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Skyborne 45 Skyborne 48
Skyborne 51 Skyborne 53
Skyborne 49
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
260 x 160 x 180340 x 340 x 490
9 kg2.32 kg
13 3/8 x 13 3/8 x 19 1/4
10 1/4 x 6 1/4 x 7 1/8
19.8 lbs5.11 lbs|
290 x 160 x 220360 x 350 x 520
||
11.5 kg |2.58 kg
14 1/8 x 13 3/4 x 20 1/2
11 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 5/8
25.3 lbs5.69 lbs|
|||
290 x 160 x 410350 x 350 x 505
12.6 kg2.56 kg
13 3/4 x 13 3/4 x 19 7/8
11 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 16 1/8
27.77 lbs5.64 lbs|
|||
320 x 160 x 270370 x 380 x 560
13.8 kg2.75 kg
14 5/8 x 15 x 2212 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 10 5/8
30.4 lbs6.06 lbs|
|15 3/8 x 17 3/8 x 23 5/8
12 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 20 1/8
|39.7 lbs|
320 x 160 x 510390 x 440 x 600
18 kg3.34 kg 7.36 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
• Ergonomic carrying
• Air-cushioned feet
• Air-infused padding throughout
• Quick access system for 45/48/51
• Top & bottom access
•
For Skyborne 45/48/
51
IMPR
ESSI
VE CAPACITY
FEATURES● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Impressive capacity with quick access functionSuper lightweight with unique Air-Tech systemErgonomicExtra laptop sleeveSkyborne 45/49 for 12" screenSkyborne 48 for 14" screenSkyborne 51 for 15" screenSkyborne 53 for 17" screenAdjustable tripod holding systemRain coverInnovative lightweight bucklesNumerous pockets for accessoriesAirline carry-on compatible size * : Skyborne 45/49
Exterior fabric:1000*1200D Polyester +1000*1000D Polyester ripstop + 600D Polyester ripstopInterior fabric:210D Nylon + Velvet
• Skyborne 49• Skyborne 48 • Skyborne 51• Skyborne 45
• Skyborne 53
• Tripod holdingsystem
Skyborne 49/53 open fully
* Airline carry-on regulations are subject to change and vary by airline and country. To meet the requirements, you may need to remove laptops, tripod holders and attachments. Call your airline or visit its website for current siez and weight restrictions.
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
12” 14” 12”
15” 17”Skyborne is a thrill-loving backpack that will have you on Cloud 9 in no time. Its advanced design with air-infused cushioning in key areas results in reliable gear protection like never before and the most shockingly featherlight, comfortable bag you’ll ever love. Attach your tripod to its easy-toadjust buckled strap and holder and securely tote your laptop in its well-padded compartment with anti-theft buckles. Plus, its bottom and top access points enable you to go from traveling to shooting mode in just a few seconds.
Skyborne seriesPhoto-video backpacks & daypacks
56 57
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
•1 cell phone holder + 1 extra laptop sleev
e
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Skyborne 45 Skyborne 48
Skyborne 51 Skyborne 53
Skyborne 49
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
260 x 160 x 180340 x 340 x 490
9 kg2.32 kg
13 3/8 x 13 3/8 x 19 1/4
10 1/4 x 6 1/4 x 7 1/8
19.8 lbs5.11 lbs|
290 x 160 x 220360 x 350 x 520
||
11.5 kg |2.58 kg
14 1/8 x 13 3/4 x 20 1/2
11 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 5/8
25.3 lbs5.69 lbs|
|||
290 x 160 x 410350 x 350 x 505
12.6 kg2.56 kg
13 3/4 x 13 3/4 x 19 7/8
11 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 16 1/8
27.77 lbs5.64 lbs|
|||
320 x 160 x 270370 x 380 x 560
13.8 kg2.75 kg
14 5/8 x 15 x 2212 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 10 5/8
30.4 lbs6.06 lbs|
|15 3/8 x 17 3/8 x 23 5/8
12 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 20 1/8
|39.7 lbs|
320 x 160 x 510390 x 440 x 600
18 kg3.34 kg 7.36 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
• Ergonomic carrying
• Air-cushioned feet
• Air-infused padding throughout
• Quick access system for 45/48/51
• Top & bottom access
•
For Skyborne 45/48/
51
IMPR
ESSI
VE CAPACITY
FEATURES● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Impressive capacity with quick access functionSuper lightweight with unique Air-Tech systemErgonomicExtra laptop sleeveSkyborne 45/49 for 12" screenSkyborne 48 for 14" screenSkyborne 51 for 15" screenSkyborne 53 for 17" screenAdjustable tripod holding systemRain coverInnovative lightweight bucklesNumerous pockets for accessoriesAirline carry-on compatible size * : Skyborne 45/49
Exterior fabric:1000*1200D Polyester +1000*1000D Polyester ripstop + 600D Polyester ripstopInterior fabric:210D Nylon + Velvet
• Skyborne 49• Skyborne 48 • Skyborne 51• Skyborne 45
• Skyborne 53
• Tripod holdingsystem
Skyborne 49/53 open fully
* Airline carry-on regulations are subject to change and vary by airline and country. To meet the requirements, you may need to remove laptops, tripod holders and attachments. Call your airline or visit its website for current siez and weight restrictions.
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
12” 14” 12”
15” 17”Skyborne is a thrill-loving backpack that will have you on Cloud 9 in no time. Its advanced design with air-infused cushioning in key areas results in reliable gear protection like never before and the most shockingly featherlight, comfortable bag you’ll ever love. Attach your tripod to its easy-toadjust buckled strap and holder and securely tote your laptop in its well-padded compartment with anti-theft buckles. Plus, its bottom and top access points enable you to go from traveling to shooting mode in just a few seconds.
Skyborne seriesPhoto-video backpacks & daypacks
56 57
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
• Quick Top Access • Secure shoulder strap system
• Built-in memory card holders
• Easy to carry with trolley
• Accessory pouch +Laptop sleeve can be used separately
The Heralder 38
The Heralder 28 The Heralder 33
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
250 x 160 x 200340 x 265 x 270
|13 3/8 x 10 3/8 x 10 5/8
9 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 7 7/8
|6.5 kg 14.33 lbs|
1.25 kg 2.76 lbs|
330 x 160 x 280420 x 270 x 350
|16 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/4
13 x 6 1/4 x 11|
10.5 kg 23.14 lbs|1.62 kg 3.57 lbs|
|18 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/4
15 x 6 1/4 x 11|
28.65 lbs|
380 x 160 x 280470 x 270 x 350
13 kg1.80 kg 3.97 lbs|
• The Heralder 38
• The Heralder 28• The Heralder 33
10” 13”
15”
Spotting Scopes
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
The Heralder seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Don’t let clumsy camera bags stand in the way of telling your story. With The Heralder’s Quick Top Access you’ll never miss a beat of the action, or be scooped by the competition, because you were fumbling with your gear. With just one quick zip, you’ll be shooting in a split second!
Tripods might be a necessity, especially for today’s videodriven photojournalist, but letting it slow you down doesn’t have to be. Simply secure your tripod to The Heralder’s built in tripod sling, and forget about it until you need it.
A great bag is one you want to carry even when you’re off the clock. The Heralder’s detachable inner pouch lets you remove, and reload, all your gear in one easy step, giving you a seamless transition from comfortable camera bag to everyday messenger bag, and back!
FEATURES●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Extremely comfortable, padded anti-slip shoulder strap that distributes weight evenly on your shouldersNumerous accessory pockets to store loose gearLaptop sleeve can be used separately (10” for 28,13” for 33 and 15” for 38)Secure shoulder strap systemBonus accessory pouchBuilt-in memory card holdersTrolley holderRain cover includedCompatibility with VANGUARD’s accessories
Exterior fabric:1000*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester+Velvet© Jacob Blickenstaff
Tripod Holder
Simply secure your tripod to The Heralder’s built in tripod sling
Remova
ble inner box
58 59
© Ja
cob
Blick
enst
aff
• Quick Top Access • Secure shoulder strap system
• Built-in memory card holders
• Easy to carry with trolley
• Accessory pouch +Laptop sleeve can be used separately
The Heralder 38
The Heralder 28 The Heralder 33
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
250 x 160 x 200340 x 265 x 270
|13 3/8 x 10 3/8 x 10 5/8
9 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 7 7/8
|6.5 kg 14.33 lbs|
1.25 kg 2.76 lbs|
330 x 160 x 280420 x 270 x 350
|16 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/4
13 x 6 1/4 x 11|
10.5 kg 23.14 lbs|1.62 kg 3.57 lbs|
|18 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/4
15 x 6 1/4 x 11|
28.65 lbs|
380 x 160 x 280470 x 270 x 350
13 kg1.80 kg 3.97 lbs|
• The Heralder 38
• The Heralder 28• The Heralder 33
10” 13”
15”
Spotting Scopes
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
The Heralder seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Don’t let clumsy camera bags stand in the way of telling your story. With The Heralder’s Quick Top Access you’ll never miss a beat of the action, or be scooped by the competition, because you were fumbling with your gear. With just one quick zip, you’ll be shooting in a split second!
Tripods might be a necessity, especially for today’s videodriven photojournalist, but letting it slow you down doesn’t have to be. Simply secure your tripod to The Heralder’s built in tripod sling, and forget about it until you need it.
A great bag is one you want to carry even when you’re off the clock. The Heralder’s detachable inner pouch lets you remove, and reload, all your gear in one easy step, giving you a seamless transition from comfortable camera bag to everyday messenger bag, and back!
FEATURES●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Extremely comfortable, padded anti-slip shoulder strap that distributes weight evenly on your shouldersNumerous accessory pockets to store loose gearLaptop sleeve can be used separately (10” for 28,13” for 33 and 15” for 38)Secure shoulder strap systemBonus accessory pouchBuilt-in memory card holdersTrolley holderRain cover includedCompatibility with VANGUARD’s accessories
Exterior fabric:1000*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester+Velvet© Jacob Blickenstaff
Tripod Holder
Simply secure your tripod to The Heralder’s built in tripod sling
Remova
ble inner box
58 59
© Ja
cob
Blick
enst
aff
• Outlawz 17Z
• Outlawz 16Z
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
•Zip and unzip in a few seconds flat
•Front pocket with memory card holder
•LCD screen cover and DSLR cradle
•Accessory holder
Outlawz 17Z
|8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 13 3/8
6 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 11 3/8
|8.8 lbs|
170 x 170 x 290210 x 210 x 340
4 kg1.06 kg 2.34 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Outlawz 16Z
|||
170 x 170 x 240210 x 210 x 290
3.4 kg0.96 kg
8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 11 3/8
6 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/2
7.5 lbs2.12 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
Outlawz seriesPhoto-video zoom bags
A rule breaker by design, Outlawz zoom bag is right on target. It’s designed for fast-action shooting with its quick access top opening with smooth-open zipper, so you’ll be shooting faster than ever before. Secure at your waist or use its unique ergonomic shoulder strap that’s angled at the base to rest comfortably on your shoul-der. Inside, your camera with large zoom lens stays securely protected with a DSLR cradle and soft LCD screen protector. Otherfeatures include side pockets for accessories, rain cover, water bottle holder and a bonus leg strap to keep Outlawz in position during fast motion. With Outlawz at your side, you'll be shooting in seconds.
FEATURES● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
●
Ergonomic design with unique leg strapQuick access systemLCD screen coverDSLR cradleRain cover with magnetic closureNumerous pockets (front and side pockets,side hanging system)Rear hooks for chest harness (harness sold separately)
Exterior fabric:1000*1200D Polyester + 1000*1000D Polyester ripstop + 600D Polyester ripstopInterior fabric:210D Nylon + Velvet
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
60 61
• Outlawz 17Z
• Outlawz 16Z
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
•Zip and unzip in a few seconds flat
•Front pocket with memory card holder
•LCD screen cover and DSLR cradle
•Accessory holder
Outlawz 17Z
|8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 13 3/8
6 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 11 3/8
|8.8 lbs|
170 x 170 x 290210 x 210 x 340
4 kg1.06 kg 2.34 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Outlawz 16Z
|||
170 x 170 x 240210 x 210 x 290
3.4 kg0.96 kg
8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 11 3/8
6 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/2
7.5 lbs2.12 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
Outlawz seriesPhoto-video zoom bags
A rule breaker by design, Outlawz zoom bag is right on target. It’s designed for fast-action shooting with its quick access top opening with smooth-open zipper, so you’ll be shooting faster than ever before. Secure at your waist or use its unique ergonomic shoulder strap that’s angled at the base to rest comfortably on your shoul-der. Inside, your camera with large zoom lens stays securely protected with a DSLR cradle and soft LCD screen protector. Otherfeatures include side pockets for accessories, rain cover, water bottle holder and a bonus leg strap to keep Outlawz in position during fast motion. With Outlawz at your side, you'll be shooting in seconds.
FEATURES● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
●
Ergonomic design with unique leg strapQuick access systemLCD screen coverDSLR cradleRain cover with magnetic closureNumerous pockets (front and side pockets,side hanging system)Rear hooks for chest harness (harness sold separately)
Exterior fabric:1000*1200D Polyester + 1000*1000D Polyester ripstop + 600D Polyester ripstopInterior fabric:210D Nylon + Velvet
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
60 61
Kinray 43 Kinray 48
Kinray 53
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Lower Compartment
Main Compartment
||
|
||
7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 16 7/8200 × 140 × 430270 × 215 × 435
5.2 kg1.01 kg
200 × 140 × 230 7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 9
10 5/8 × 8 1/2 × 17 1/8
11.5 lbs2.23 lbs
||
|
|
260 × 160 × 480300 × 215 × 490
260 × 160 × 260
14.8 kg1.4 kg|
10 1/4 × 6 1/4 × 18 7/8
10 1/4 × 6 1/4× 10 1/4
11 3/4 × 8 1/2 × 19 1/4
32.7 lbs3.09 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Lower Compartement
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Lower Compartment
Main Compartment
||
|
||
12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 20 7/8320 × 180 × 530350 × 270 × 545
20 kg1.6 kg
320 × 180 × 280 12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 11
13 3/4 × 10 5/8 × 21 1/2
44.1 lbs3.53 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Lower Compartement
or
or
or
Spotting Scopes
• 3-in-1 bag: Photo-video daypack and backpack; also used as an everyday backpack
• Roomy interior for spottingscope or telephoto lens
• Extra large quick access
FEATURES3 bags in 1: Converts from daypack to backpack quickly and easily with removal dividers. It can even be used as an everyday backpack by removing all dividers.
Roomy interior: The interior is uniquely designed to securely hold a spotting scope and DSLR camera for digiscoping or DSLR camera and attached telephoto lens.
Quick access: Its large front opening enables fast access to gear.
Exterior fabric:600D*600D Polyester + 150D Nylon + 1000D*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
●
●
●
●
●
• Front accessory pocket
• Tripod holding system
• Bottom straps hold a compactsleeping bag or light jacket
• Air system at back panel
Accessory pocket
on
belt
Ergo
nomic
back panel
• Multiple adjustment points
LimitedLifetimeWarrantyNEW
Purple Green
Available in 2 colors
• Kinray 48
• Kinray 43
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
WeatherProof
Kinray Series, inspired by the unique needs of birders and outdoor photographers, is customizable for a perfect fit. It’s roomy on the inside with removable dividers to securely hold a spotting scope and DSLR camera for digiscoping or DSLR camera and attached telephoto lens.
Durable and weather-resistant, Kinray will protect gear in foul weather. Large quick access from the front enables fast, organized removal of your gear. It’s comfortable, too, with length-adjustable shoulder straps and an adjustable chest harness that provides an impressive fit. Breathable fabric on the back keeps you dry.
Kinray converts from a daypack into a backpack, depending on your needs, by simple removal of the lens pillow and other
Kinray seriesPhoto-video sling bags & backpacks
dividers. It can even be used as an everyday backpack by removing all dividers.
Kinray also boasts a tripod holder and adjustable upper strap. A stowed rain cover provides quick protection should the weather turn foul. Zippered pockets conveniently hold and keep organized small items like snacks, keys, guidebooks, etc. A front strap with karabiner holds small accessories. Two lower front straps hold larger accessories such as sleeping bags or jackets.
Smaller accessories such as pouches can be clipped onto the side loops of the bag.
62 63
Kinray 43 Kinray 48
Kinray 53
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Lower Compartment
Main Compartment
||
|
||
7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 16 7/8200 × 140 × 430270 × 215 × 435
5.2 kg1.01 kg
200 × 140 × 230 7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 9
10 5/8 × 8 1/2 × 17 1/8
11.5 lbs2.23 lbs
||
|
|
260 × 160 × 480300 × 215 × 490
260 × 160 × 260
14.8 kg1.4 kg|
10 1/4 × 6 1/4 × 18 7/8
10 1/4 × 6 1/4× 10 1/4
11 3/4 × 8 1/2 × 19 1/4
32.7 lbs3.09 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Lower Compartement
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Lower Compartment
Main Compartment
||
|
||
12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 20 7/8320 × 180 × 530350 × 270 × 545
20 kg1.6 kg
320 × 180 × 280 12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 11
13 3/4 × 10 5/8 × 21 1/2
44.1 lbs3.53 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Lower Compartement
or
or
or
Spotting Scopes
• 3-in-1 bag: Photo-video daypack and backpack; also used as an everyday backpack
• Roomy interior for spottingscope or telephoto lens
• Extra large quick access
FEATURES3 bags in 1: Converts from daypack to backpack quickly and easily with removal dividers. It can even be used as an everyday backpack by removing all dividers.
Roomy interior: The interior is uniquely designed to securely hold a spotting scope and DSLR camera for digiscoping or DSLR camera and attached telephoto lens.
Quick access: Its large front opening enables fast access to gear.
Exterior fabric:600D*600D Polyester + 150D Nylon + 1000D*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
●
●
●
●
●
• Front accessory pocket
• Tripod holding system
• Bottom straps hold a compactsleeping bag or light jacket
• Air system at back panel
Accessory pocket
on
belt
Ergo
nomic
back panel
• Multiple adjustment points
LimitedLifetimeWarrantyNEW
Purple Green
Available in 2 colors
• Kinray 48
• Kinray 43
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
WeatherProof
Kinray Series, inspired by the unique needs of birders and outdoor photographers, is customizable for a perfect fit. It’s roomy on the inside with removable dividers to securely hold a spotting scope and DSLR camera for digiscoping or DSLR camera and attached telephoto lens.
Durable and weather-resistant, Kinray will protect gear in foul weather. Large quick access from the front enables fast, organized removal of your gear. It’s comfortable, too, with length-adjustable shoulder straps and an adjustable chest harness that provides an impressive fit. Breathable fabric on the back keeps you dry.
Kinray converts from a daypack into a backpack, depending on your needs, by simple removal of the lens pillow and other
Kinray seriesPhoto-video sling bags & backpacks
dividers. It can even be used as an everyday backpack by removing all dividers.
Kinray also boasts a tripod holder and adjustable upper strap. A stowed rain cover provides quick protection should the weather turn foul. Zippered pockets conveniently hold and keep organized small items like snacks, keys, guidebooks, etc. A front strap with karabiner holds small accessories. Two lower front straps hold larger accessories such as sleeping bags or jackets.
Smaller accessories such as pouches can be clipped onto the side loops of the bag.
62 63
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
7 1/8 x 6 5/8 (5 1/8 + 1 1/2) x 6 7/8|10 1/4 x 10 x 14|10.3 lbs|
180 x 170 (130 + 40) x 175
260 x 255 x 355
4.7 kg
0.93 kg 2.05 lbs|
UP-Rise 34 UP-Rise 45
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230 10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9|330 x 260 x 470 13 x 10 1/4 x 18 1/2|
8.8 kg 19.4 lbs|1.61 kg 3.55 lbs|
UP-Rise 46
|||
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230
340 x 290 x 490
10 kg
1.925 kg
10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9
13 3/8 x 11 3/8 x 19 1/4
22.0 lbs
4.24 lbs|
UP-Rise 48
|||
300 x 190 (130 + 60) x 250
350 x 300 x 515
11.8 kg
2.27 kg
11 7/8 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 3/4
13 3/4 x 11 7/8 x 20 1/4
26.0 lbs
5.00 lbs|
UP-Rise 43
7 7/8 x 7 1/8 (5 1/8 + 2) x 9|11 x 10 1/4 x 17 7/8|13.2 lbs|
200 x 180 (130 + 50) x 230
280 x 260 x 455
6 kg
1.16 kg 2.56 lbs|
14” 15”
Spotting Scopes
• Quick zip access in seconds
•
• Two ways to carry(for UP-Rise 34/43)
• Ergonomic strapadjustment system
(for UP-Rise 34/43)
• Normal modeexpands
Lapt
op co
mpartment (for UP-Rise 46/48)
• Expanded mode
FEATURES● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
●
●
Expanding system: 2 sizes in 1Quick zip access from the side or from the backPadded back with breathable fabric air systemLaptop compartment (14” for model 46 and 15” for model 48)Quick access rain coverTwo ways to carryErgonomic strap adjustment systemWaterproof bottom
Exterior fabric:600D Polyester ripstop+230D*230D NylonInterior fabric:150D Polyester+Velvet
Expands with one easy zipper motion to
accommodate larger gear
Expanding system
• UP-Rise 46
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
They’ve been called the dream camera bag by professional photographers for good reason. UP-Rise backpacks are ultra padded and hold an impressive amount of gear. Unlike other backpacks, UP-Rise’s innovative ability to expand in size accom-modates changing lens and gear needs. Every UP-Rise model expands with one easy zipper motion and shrinks back down when you don’t need the room. UP-Rise also has a removable rain cover, multiple pockets for extra memory cards and lens caps as well as an orange interior, making it easy to spot your loose gear.
UP-Rise seriesPhoto-video backpacks & sling bags
• UP-Rise 34 • UP-Rise 43
Backpacks UP-Rise sling bag helps you stay ready for the perfect shot to come along. Hailed by photojournalists and on-the-go photogra-phers, UP-Rise sling bag comfortably positions on the back and easily rotates to the front, so you can get to your camera to make that shot, quickly and safely. Its Quick Zip Access system offers instant access from multiple angles. In just six seconds, capture that can’t-miss moment. Best of all, it’s solid on protection, too. Its interior is soft, well padded and orange colored, so you won’t lose dark accessories. With its one-zipper easy expand system, you can upgrade to larger gear at any time.
Sling bags
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
• UP-Rise 45
• UP-Rise 48
64 65
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
7 1/8 x 6 5/8 (5 1/8 + 1 1/2) x 6 7/8|10 1/4 x 10 x 14|10.3 lbs|
180 x 170 (130 + 40) x 175
260 x 255 x 355
4.7 kg
0.93 kg 2.05 lbs|
UP-Rise 34 UP-Rise 45
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230 10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9|330 x 260 x 470 13 x 10 1/4 x 18 1/2|
8.8 kg 19.4 lbs|1.61 kg 3.55 lbs|
UP-Rise 46
|||
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230
340 x 290 x 490
10 kg
1.925 kg
10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9
13 3/8 x 11 3/8 x 19 1/4
22.0 lbs
4.24 lbs|
UP-Rise 48
|||
300 x 190 (130 + 60) x 250
350 x 300 x 515
11.8 kg
2.27 kg
11 7/8 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 3/4
13 3/4 x 11 7/8 x 20 1/4
26.0 lbs
5.00 lbs|
UP-Rise 43
7 7/8 x 7 1/8 (5 1/8 + 2) x 9|11 x 10 1/4 x 17 7/8|13.2 lbs|
200 x 180 (130 + 50) x 230
280 x 260 x 455
6 kg
1.16 kg 2.56 lbs|
14” 15”
Spotting Scopes
• Quick zip access in seconds
•
• Two ways to carry(for UP-Rise 34/43)
• Ergonomic strapadjustment system
(for UP-Rise 34/43)
• Normal modeexpands
Lapt
op co
mpartment (for UP-Rise 46/48)
• Expanded mode
FEATURES● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
●
●
Expanding system: 2 sizes in 1Quick zip access from the side or from the backPadded back with breathable fabric air systemLaptop compartment (14” for model 46 and 15” for model 48)Quick access rain coverTwo ways to carryErgonomic strap adjustment systemWaterproof bottom
Exterior fabric:600D Polyester ripstop+230D*230D NylonInterior fabric:150D Polyester+Velvet
Expands with one easy zipper motion to
accommodate larger gear
Expanding system
• UP-Rise 46
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
They’ve been called the dream camera bag by professional photographers for good reason. UP-Rise backpacks are ultra padded and hold an impressive amount of gear. Unlike other backpacks, UP-Rise’s innovative ability to expand in size accom-modates changing lens and gear needs. Every UP-Rise model expands with one easy zipper motion and shrinks back down when you don’t need the room. UP-Rise also has a removable rain cover, multiple pockets for extra memory cards and lens caps as well as an orange interior, making it easy to spot your loose gear.
UP-Rise seriesPhoto-video backpacks & sling bags
• UP-Rise 34 • UP-Rise 43
Backpacks UP-Rise sling bag helps you stay ready for the perfect shot to come along. Hailed by photojournalists and on-the-go photogra-phers, UP-Rise sling bag comfortably positions on the back and easily rotates to the front, so you can get to your camera to make that shot, quickly and safely. Its Quick Zip Access system offers instant access from multiple angles. In just six seconds, capture that can’t-miss moment. Best of all, it’s solid on protection, too. Its interior is soft, well padded and orange colored, so you won’t lose dark accessories. With its one-zipper easy expand system, you can upgrade to larger gear at any time.
Sling bags
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
• UP-Rise 45
• UP-Rise 48
64 65
|
||
280 x 165 (105 + 60) x 240
360 x 225 x 320
7 kg
1.36 kg
11 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 1/2
14 1/8 x 8 7/8 x 12 5/8
15.4 lbs
3.00 lbs|
|
||
330 x 165 (105 + 60) x 280
390 x 225 x 360
8.1 kg
1.545 kg
13 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 11
15 3/8 x 8 7/8 X 14 1/8
17.9 lbs
3.41 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|
|
|
380 X 165 (105 + 60) X 280
445 X 225 X 360
9.1 kg
1.62 kg
15 X 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) X 11
17 1/2 X 8 7/8 X 14 1/8
20.1 lbs
3.57 lbs|
UP-Rise 28 UP-Rise 33
UP-Rise 38
Spotting Scopes
• Rapid Access system
• Strong carry strap• Easy to carry with trolley
• Enhanced padding for extra durability
• Carry with included long or short strap
•
•
© David Clapp
© David ClappConve
nien
t lap
top
com
partm
ent eliminates need to carry extra computer bag
FEATURES● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Expanding system: 2 sizes in 1!Rapid access from the topEnhanced padding for extra durabilityQuick access rain coverMultiple ways to carryWaterproof bottomConvenient laptop compartement (10” for UP-Rise 28, 12” for UP-Rise 33, 15” for UP-Rise 38)
Exterior fabric:1000D Polyester ripstop +1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester+Velvet
Well-padded, removable interior
•
© David Clapp
Sleek, stylish design
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
UP-Rise Series messenger bag is a super sleek, ultra-padded and lightweight photo bag that doubles as a regular bag thanks to its customizable interior and unique design. Quick-access from the top enables you to retrieve your gear with ultra speed. It has super thick padding for great protection and a detachable divider for photo gear. It securely holds a laptop, too, and it boasts an innovative ability to expand in size to accommodate changing gear sizes.
UP-Rise seriesPhoto-video messenger bags
• UP-Rise 28• UP-Rise 33
• UP-Rise 38
66 67
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
10” 12”
15”
|
||
280 x 165 (105 + 60) x 240
360 x 225 x 320
7 kg
1.36 kg
11 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 1/2
14 1/8 x 8 7/8 x 12 5/8
15.4 lbs
3.00 lbs|
|
||
330 x 165 (105 + 60) x 280
390 x 225 x 360
8.1 kg
1.545 kg
13 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 11
15 3/8 x 8 7/8 X 14 1/8
17.9 lbs
3.41 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|
|
|
380 X 165 (105 + 60) X 280
445 X 225 X 360
9.1 kg
1.62 kg
15 X 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) X 11
17 1/2 X 8 7/8 X 14 1/8
20.1 lbs
3.57 lbs|
UP-Rise 28 UP-Rise 33
UP-Rise 38
Spotting Scopes
• Rapid Access system
• Strong carry strap• Easy to carry with trolley
• Enhanced padding for extra durability
• Carry with included long or short strap
•
•
© David Clapp
© David ClappConve
nien
t lap
top
com
partm
ent eliminates need to carry extra computer bag
FEATURES● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Expanding system: 2 sizes in 1!Rapid access from the topEnhanced padding for extra durabilityQuick access rain coverMultiple ways to carryWaterproof bottomConvenient laptop compartement (10” for UP-Rise 28, 12” for UP-Rise 33, 15” for UP-Rise 38)
Exterior fabric:1000D Polyester ripstop +1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester+Velvet
Well-padded, removable interior
•
© David Clapp
Sleek, stylish design
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
UP-Rise Series messenger bag is a super sleek, ultra-padded and lightweight photo bag that doubles as a regular bag thanks to its customizable interior and unique design. Quick-access from the top enables you to retrieve your gear with ultra speed. It has super thick padding for great protection and a detachable divider for photo gear. It securely holds a laptop, too, and it boasts an innovative ability to expand in size to accommodate changing gear sizes.
UP-Rise seriesPhoto-video messenger bags
• UP-Rise 28• UP-Rise 33
• UP-Rise 38
66 67
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
10” 12”
15”
UP-Rise 15 UP-Rise 18 UP-Rise 22
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|
||
150 x 105 x 165 (140 + 25)
190 x 165 x 220
1.4 kg
0.42 kg
5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/2 (5 1/2 + 1)
7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 5/8
3.1 lbs
0.93 lbs|
|
||
180 x 110 X 190 (160 + 30)
215 x 175 x 235
1.8 kg
0.52 kg
7 1/8 X 4 1/4 X 7 5/8 (6 3/8 + 1 1/4)
8 1/2 x 6 7/8 X 9 1/4
4.0 lbs
1.15 lbs|
|
||
220 x 115 X 215 (180 + 35)
255 x 185 x 275
2.8 kg
0.6 kg
8 5/8 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/2 (7 1/8 + 1 3/8)
10 x 7 1/4 x 10 3/4
6.2 lbs
1.32 lbs|
UP-Rise 14Z UP-Rise 15Z UP-Rise 16Z
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|
||
140 x 110 X 190 (160 + 30)
170 x 160 x 235
1.4 kg
0.42 kg
5 1/2 X 4 1/4 X 7 5/8 (6 3/8 + 1 1/4)
6 3/4 x 6 3/8 X 9 1/4
3.1 lbs
0.93 lbs|
|
||
150 x 115 X 295 (240 + 55)
185 x 170 x 330
2.8 kg
0.525 kg
6 X 4 1/2 X 11 5/8 (9 3/8 + 2 1/4)
7 1/4 x 6 5/8 X 13
6.2 lbs
1.16 lbs|
|
||
160 x 160 X 315 (260 + 55)
195 x 210 x 365
3.8 kg
0.67 kg
6 3/8 x 6 3/8 x 12 5/8 (10 3/8 + 2 1/4)
7 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 14 3/8
8.4 lbs
1.48 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
• Convenient memory card pocket
• Roomy front pocket
• Belt strap
• Anti-slip shoulder strap
•
•
• SBR fabric camera cradle
FEATURES● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Expanding system: 2 sizes in 1Quick zip access from the topRain coverSBR fabric camera cradleConvenient memory card pocketRoomy front pocketSide pocket for accessoriesWaterproof bottom
Exterior fabric:600D Polyester ripstop + 230D*230D NylonInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
• Rain coverRemovable len
s cove
r
SBR fabric camera cradle
Reliable ProtectionLimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
UP-Rise Series Zoom Bag breaks the mold of zoom bag stand-ards with its ability to expand in size when you upgrade to a larger zoom lens! It expands to accommodate your changing lens and gear needs in one quick zipper motion.
UP-Rise seriesPhoto-video shoulder & zoom bags
• UP-Rise 18
• UP-Rise 16Z
Zoom bags
Contemporary UP-Rise shoulder bag is designed to meet your changing needs. Wear it on your belt or across your shoulders and get easy access to your DSLR, lens and accessories. Upgrade to a larger lens? No need for a new bag. This shoulder bag expands in size in one quick and easy zipper motion.
Shoulder bags
68 69
UP-Rise 15 UP-Rise 18 UP-Rise 22
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|
||
150 x 105 x 165 (140 + 25)
190 x 165 x 220
1.4 kg
0.42 kg
5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/2 (5 1/2 + 1)
7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 5/8
3.1 lbs
0.93 lbs|
|
||
180 x 110 X 190 (160 + 30)
215 x 175 x 235
1.8 kg
0.52 kg
7 1/8 X 4 1/4 X 7 5/8 (6 3/8 + 1 1/4)
8 1/2 x 6 7/8 X 9 1/4
4.0 lbs
1.15 lbs|
|
||
220 x 115 X 215 (180 + 35)
255 x 185 x 275
2.8 kg
0.6 kg
8 5/8 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/2 (7 1/8 + 1 3/8)
10 x 7 1/4 x 10 3/4
6.2 lbs
1.32 lbs|
UP-Rise 14Z UP-Rise 15Z UP-Rise 16Z
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|
||
140 x 110 X 190 (160 + 30)
170 x 160 x 235
1.4 kg
0.42 kg
5 1/2 X 4 1/4 X 7 5/8 (6 3/8 + 1 1/4)
6 3/4 x 6 3/8 X 9 1/4
3.1 lbs
0.93 lbs|
|
||
150 x 115 X 295 (240 + 55)
185 x 170 x 330
2.8 kg
0.525 kg
6 X 4 1/2 X 11 5/8 (9 3/8 + 2 1/4)
7 1/4 x 6 5/8 X 13
6.2 lbs
1.16 lbs|
|
||
160 x 160 X 315 (260 + 55)
195 x 210 x 365
3.8 kg
0.67 kg
6 3/8 x 6 3/8 x 12 5/8 (10 3/8 + 2 1/4)
7 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 14 3/8
8.4 lbs
1.48 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
• Convenient memory card pocket
• Roomy front pocket
• Belt strap
• Anti-slip shoulder strap
•
•
• SBR fabric camera cradle
FEATURES● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Expanding system: 2 sizes in 1Quick zip access from the topRain coverSBR fabric camera cradleConvenient memory card pocketRoomy front pocketSide pocket for accessoriesWaterproof bottom
Exterior fabric:600D Polyester ripstop + 230D*230D NylonInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
• Rain coverRemovable len
s c
over
SBR fabric camera cradle
Reliable Protection
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
UP-Rise Series Zoom Bag breaks the mold of zoom bag stand-ards with its ability to expand in size when you upgrade to a larger zoom lens! It expands to accommodate your changing lens and gear needs in one quick zipper motion.
UP-Rise seriesPhoto-video shoulder & zoom bags
• UP-Rise 18
• UP-Rise 16Z
Zoom bags
Contemporary UP-Rise shoulder bag is designed to meet your changing needs. Wear it on your belt or across your shoulders and get easy access to your DSLR, lens and accessories. Upgrade to a larger lens? No need for a new bag. This shoulder bag expands in size in one quick and easy zipper motion.
Shoulder bags
68 69
• Adaptor 41• Adaptor 45• Adaptor 46
• Adaptor 48
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Adaptor 41 Adaptor 45
Adaptor 48Adaptor 46
200 x 140 x 200 |230 x 200 x 410 |
4 kg |0.65 kg
7 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8
9 x 7 7/8 x 16 1/8
8.82 lbs1.43 lbs|
240 x 155 x 260 |270 x 230 x 455 |
6.5 kg |0.90 kg
9 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4
10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/8
14.33 lbs1.98 lbs|
240 x 155 x 260 |270 x 250 x 455 |
8.5 kg |1.00 kg
9 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4
10 5/8 x 9 7/8 x 17 7/8
18.7 lbs2.20 lbs|
|||
240 x 155 x 430270 x 230 x 455
6.5 kg0.98 kg
9 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 16 7/8
10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/8
14.33 lbs2.16 lbs|
13”
Spotting Scopes
• Adaptor 48 is backpack style
Adap
tor 4
8 opens fully
• Wear as sling or backpack (except Adaptor 48)
•Quick dual side access (except Adaptor 48)
•Customizable interior
•3-point tripod holder
FEATURES●
●
●
● ●
●
● ●
●
●
●
Quick-access openings on left and right sides to accommodate left and right-handed photographersCustomizable interiorEasily converts to a sling bag by repositioning one of the shoulder straps and neatly stowing the otherZippered and buckled top compartment for additional gear or other suppliesPadded, breathable fabric on backsideNumerous zippered pockets as well as mesh pockets on both sides for accessories including memory cardsBuckled tripod holderSide clips for pouches and other accessoriesPadded laptop holder (13” for Adaptor 46 only)
Exterior fabric:420D Nylon + 600D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester +Velvet
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Adaptor earned its name because it’s one versatile camera backpack that’s uniquely designed to be everything you need and more. Whether you shoot right or left handed, Adaptor delivers with quick-access zippered gear openings on both left and right sides so you can get to shooting in a matter of seconds. It’s a great protector, too, with a roomy, customizable interior and thick padding.Easily convert from backpack style to a sling bag by reposi-tioning one of the shoulder straps and neatly stowing the other in its pocket. Zippered and buckled top compartmentfor additional gear or other supplies. Additional features include a tripod holder, zippered pockets for small accesso-ries and lens caps.
Daypacks
BackpacksAdaptor 48 holds an impressive account of gear.
Adaptor seriesPhoto-video backpacks & daypacks
© D
avid
Ako
ubia
n
70 71
• Adaptor 41• Adaptor 45• Adaptor 46
• Adaptor 48
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Adaptor 41 Adaptor 45
Adaptor 48Adaptor 46
200 x 140 x 200 |230 x 200 x 410 |
4 kg |0.65 kg
7 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8
9 x 7 7/8 x 16 1/8
8.82 lbs1.43 lbs|
240 x 155 x 260 |270 x 230 x 455 |
6.5 kg |0.90 kg
9 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4
10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/8
14.33 lbs1.98 lbs|
240 x 155 x 260 |270 x 250 x 455 |
8.5 kg |1.00 kg
9 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4
10 5/8 x 9 7/8 x 17 7/8
18.7 lbs2.20 lbs|
|||
240 x 155 x 430270 x 230 x 455
6.5 kg0.98 kg
9 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 16 7/8
10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/8
14.33 lbs2.16 lbs|
13”
Spotting Scopes
• Adaptor 48 is backpack style
Adap
tor 4
8 opens fully
• Wear as sling or backpack (except Adaptor 48)
•Quick dual side access (except Adaptor 48)
•Customizable interior
•3-point tripod holder
FEATURES●
●
●
● ●
●
● ●
●
●
●
Quick-access openings on left and right sides to accommodate left and right-handed photographersCustomizable interiorEasily converts to a sling bag by repositioning one of the shoulder straps and neatly stowing the otherZippered and buckled top compartment for additional gear or other suppliesPadded, breathable fabric on backsideNumerous zippered pockets as well as mesh pockets on both sides for accessories including memory cardsBuckled tripod holderSide clips for pouches and other accessoriesPadded laptop holder (13” for Adaptor 46 only)
Exterior fabric:420D Nylon + 600D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester +Velvet
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Adaptor earned its name because it’s one versatile camera backpack that’s uniquely designed to be everything you need and more. Whether you shoot right or left handed, Adaptor delivers with quick-access zippered gear openings on both left and right sides so you can get to shooting in a matter of seconds. It’s a great protector, too, with a roomy, customizable interior and thick padding.Easily convert from backpack style to a sling bag by reposi-tioning one of the shoulder straps and neatly stowing the other in its pocket. Zippered and buckled top compartmentfor additional gear or other supplies. Additional features include a tripod holder, zippered pockets for small accesso-ries and lens caps.
Daypacks
BackpacksAdaptor 48 holds an impressive account of gear.
Adaptor seriesPhoto-video backpacks & daypacks
© D
avid
Ako
ubia
n
70 71
• Side hanging system
• Front lens cap pocket
Detachable compartment
Upper spacefor toting accessories
Convenient tilt opening
BIIN 59Daypack-•
Customizable interiorwith dividers
Front pocketfor accessories
Backpack- BIIN 50•
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
215 x 115 x 285250 x 230 x 335
4.0 kg0.54 kg
8 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 11 1/4
9 7/8 x 9 x 13 1/4
8.8 lbs1.19 lbs|
|||
290 x 140 x 200320 x 240 x 440
5.5 kg0.76 kg
11 3/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8
12 5/8 x 9 1/2 x 17 3/8
12.1 lbs1.68 lbs|
BIIN 59BIIN 50
FEATURES● ●
●
●
●
Large capacityDetachable compartment (on daypacks)Numerous accessories pockets(front lens cap pocket, side hanging system)
Exterior fabric:150D Polyester ripstop + 600*600D PolyesterInterior fabric:100*150D Polyester + Velvet
• Detachable 3-point strap systemExtra strap can be used when in quick motion to keep bag in place. When not in use, it can be neatly stowed.
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
190 x 130 x 170230 x 210 x 320
3.5 kg0.45 kg
7 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 6 3/4
9 x 8 1/4 x 12 5/8
7.7 lbs0.99 lbs|
|||
190 x 130 x 250230 x 210 x 380
4.5 kg0.56 kg
7 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 9 7/8
9 x 8 1/4 x 159.9 lbs1.23 lbs|
BIIN 47BIIN 37
Spotting ScopesSpotting Scopes
WeatherProof
2-YEARWARRANTY
Available in 3 colors
Orange Green Black
BIIN seriesPhoto-video backpacks & daypacks
BIIN seriesPhoto-video sling bags
• BIIN 59
• BIIN 50
• Hanging system for extra accessories
• Hook-and-loop organizer keeps the strap neatly stowed• Upper opening for
frequently-accessed gear
FEATURES● ●
●
●
Detachable 3-point strap systemNumerous accessories pockets (front lens cap pocket, side hanging system)
Exterior fabric:150D Polyester ripstop + 600*600D PolyesterInterior fabric:100*150D Polyester + Velvet
Large capacityBIIN 47
• Quick access system WeatherProof
2-YEARWARRANTY
Available in 3 colors
Orange Green Black
• BIIN 47
• BIIN 37
BIIN Series Sling Bag is a fast-access bag that repositions in one quick swing motion, eliminating wasted time on fumbling over bulky bags. BIIN Sling Bag enables you to pause mid-hike or stroll, and shoot within just a few seconds. Additional features include pockets for accessories and a detachable strap that holds your bag in place while in fast motion, such as while biking, etc.
Sling bagBIIN Series Backpack is a lightweight backpack, sans the bulkiness of standard backpacks. It boasts a large gear capacity and numerous pockets for accessories. Tote along small gear, and other essentials in the separate upper compartment.
Backpack
BIIN Series Daypack is an organizer by nature, holding an exceptional amount of gear securely and organized. Other features include small pockets for accessories, a water bottle holder and an organized strap system.
Daypack
72 73
• Side hanging system
• Front lens cap pocket
Detachable compartment
Upper spacefor toting accessories
Convenient tilt opening
BIIN 59Daypack-•
Customizable interiorwith dividers
Front pocketfor accessories
Backpack- BIIN 50•
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
215 x 115 x 285250 x 230 x 335
4.0 kg0.54 kg
8 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 11 1/4
9 7/8 x 9 x 13 1/4
8.8 lbs1.19 lbs|
|||
290 x 140 x 200320 x 240 x 440
5.5 kg0.76 kg
11 3/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8
12 5/8 x 9 1/2 x 17 3/8
12.1 lbs1.68 lbs|
BIIN 59BIIN 50
FEATURES● ●
●
●
●
Large capacityDetachable compartment (on daypacks)Numerous accessories pockets(front lens cap pocket, side hanging system)
Exterior fabric:150D Polyester ripstop + 600*600D PolyesterInterior fabric:100*150D Polyester + Velvet
• Detachable 3-point strap systemExtra strap can be used when in quick motion to keep bag in place. When not in use, it can be neatly stowed.
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
190 x 130 x 170230 x 210 x 320
3.5 kg0.45 kg
7 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 6 3/4
9 x 8 1/4 x 12 5/8
7.7 lbs0.99 lbs|
|||
190 x 130 x 250230 x 210 x 380
4.5 kg0.56 kg
7 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 9 7/8
9 x 8 1/4 x 159.9 lbs1.23 lbs|
BIIN 47BIIN 37
Spotting ScopesSpotting Scopes
WeatherProof
2-YEARWARRANTY
Available in 3 colors
Orange Green Black
BIIN seriesPhoto-video backpacks & daypacks
BIIN seriesPhoto-video sling bags
• BIIN 59
• BIIN 50
• Hanging system for extra accessories
• Hook-and-loop organizer keeps the strap neatly stowed• Upper opening for
frequently-accessed gear
FEATURES● ●
●
●
Detachable 3-point strap systemNumerous accessories pockets (front lens cap pocket, side hanging system)
Exterior fabric:150D Polyester ripstop + 600*600D PolyesterInterior fabric:100*150D Polyester + Velvet
Large capacityBIIN 47
• Quick access system WeatherProof
2-YEARWARRANTY
Available in 3 colors
Orange Green Black
• BIIN 47
• BIIN 37
BIIN Series Sling Bag is a fast-access bag that repositions in one quick swing motion, eliminating wasted time on fumbling over bulky bags. BIIN Sling Bag enables you to pause mid-hike or stroll, and shoot within just a few seconds. Additional features include pockets for accessories and a detachable strap that holds your bag in place while in fast motion, such as while biking, etc.
Sling bagBIIN Series Backpack is a lightweight backpack, sans the bulkiness of standard backpacks. It boasts a large gear capacity and numerous pockets for accessories. Tote along small gear, and other essentials in the separate upper compartment.
Backpack
BIIN Series Daypack is an organizer by nature, holding an exceptional amount of gear securely and organized. Other features include small pockets for accessories, a water bottle holder and an organized strap system.
Daypack
72 73
BIIN 10
100 x 90 x 125150 x 140 x 180
|5 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/8
3 7/8x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
|0.9 kg 1.98 lbs|
0.17 kg 0.37 lbs|
BIIN 14
135 x 90 x 125180 x 135 x 185
|7 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/4
5 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
|1.3 kg 2.87 lbs|
0.195 kg 0.43 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
BIIN 17
170 x 80 x 110220 x 145 x 165
|8 5/8 x 5 3/4 x 6 1/2
6 3/4 x 3 1/8 x 4 3/8
|1.8 kg 3.97 lbs|
0.215 kg 0.47 lbs|
BIIN 21
210 x 110 x 180250 x 170 x 235
|9 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/4
8 1/4 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8
|2.3 kg 5.07 lbs|
0.335 kg 0.74 lbs|
BIIN 25BIIN 25
250 x 120 x 180290 x 190 x 240
|11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 9 1/2
9 7/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/8
|3.5 kg 7.71 lbs|
0.405 kg 0.89 lbs|
BIIN 14Z
135 x 100 x 160175 x 160 x 210
|6 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 1/4
5 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 6 1/4
|1.5 kg 3.31 lbs|
0.185 kg 0.41 lbs|
BIIN 12Z
120 x 90 x 120160 x 128 x 185
|6 1/4 x 5 x 7 1/4
4 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 4 3/4
|1.0 kg 2.20 lbs|
0.165 kg 0.36 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
• Zippered interior pocket
• Side loop enables attachment (for BIIN 21/25 )• Front pocket
BIIN 17/21/25
BIIN 10/14/12Z/14Z
FEATURES
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Spacious interiorDurable fabricBuckled front and zippered top openingReliable padding throughoutSoft interiorZippered mesh pocket insideSide loop enables attach ment of other accessoriesAdjustable shoulder strapFront pocket for lens cap
Durable fabricZippered interior pocketFront pocket for lens capBelt loopAdjustable shoulder strap
Exterior fabric:150D Polyester + 600*600D PolyesterInterior fabric:70D Polyester
Shoulder bags
Zoom bags
WeatherProof
Orange Black
Available in 2 colors
2-YEARWARRANTY
BIIN seriesPhoto-video shoulder & zoom bags
• BIIN 14Z • BIIN 15Z• BIIN 25
BIIN zoom bag packs great gear protection into a compact, easy-to-carry bag. With durable fabric on the outside and a soft interior, you’ll be worry free. Other features include a zippered interior pocket, a front pocket for a lens cap, belt loop and adjustable shoulder strap.
BIIN shoulder bag blends function and style into one good looking, well-organized gear protector. Made of durable fabric and with reliable padding, it’s ready to keep your gear safe and secure. It has a spacious interior and some models feature adjustable padded dividers so you can create the perfect fit.
A buckled front and zippered top opens to a soft interior and an inside pocket for accessories. Additional features include a mesh side pocket for accessories, a side loop for attachment of other items and a zippered front pocket.
Shoulder bags Zoom bags
74 75
BIIN 10
100 x 90 x 125150 x 140 x 180
|5 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/8
3 7/8x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
|0.9 kg 1.98 lbs|
0.17 kg 0.37 lbs|
BIIN 14
135 x 90 x 125180 x 135 x 185
|7 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/4
5 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
|1.3 kg 2.87 lbs|
0.195 kg 0.43 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
BIIN 17
170 x 80 x 110220 x 145 x 165
|8 5/8 x 5 3/4 x 6 1/2
6 3/4 x 3 1/8 x 4 3/8
|1.8 kg 3.97 lbs|
0.215 kg 0.47 lbs|
BIIN 21
210 x 110 x 180250 x 170 x 235
|9 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/4
8 1/4 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8
|2.3 kg 5.07 lbs|
0.335 kg 0.74 lbs|
BIIN 25BIIN 25
250 x 120 x 180290 x 190 x 240
|11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 9 1/2
9 7/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/8
|3.5 kg 7.71 lbs|
0.405 kg 0.89 lbs|
BIIN 14Z
135 x 100 x 160175 x 160 x 210
|6 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 1/4
5 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 6 1/4
|1.5 kg 3.31 lbs|
0.185 kg 0.41 lbs|
BIIN 12Z
120 x 90 x 120160 x 128 x 185
|6 1/4 x 5 x 7 1/4
4 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 4 3/4
|1.0 kg 2.20 lbs|
0.165 kg 0.36 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
• Zippered interior pocket
• Side loop enables attachment (for BIIN 21/25 )• Front pocket
BIIN 17/21/25
BIIN 10/14/12Z/14Z
FEATURES
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●
●
Spacious interiorDurable fabricBuckled front and zippered top openingReliable padding throughoutSoft interiorZippered mesh pocket insideSide loop enables attach ment of other accessoriesAdjustable shoulder strapFront pocket for lens cap
Durable fabricZippered interior pocketFront pocket for lens capBelt loopAdjustable shoulder strap
Exterior fabric:150D Polyester + 600*600D PolyesterInterior fabric:70D Polyester
Shoulder bags
Zoom bags
WeatherProof
Orange Black
Available in 2 colors
2-YEARWARRANTY
BIIN seriesPhoto-video shoulder & zoom bags
• BIIN 14Z • BIIN 15Z• BIIN 25
BIIN zoom bag packs great gear protection into a compact, easy-to-carry bag. With durable fabric on the outside and a soft interior, you’ll be worry free. Other features include a zippered interior pocket, a front pocket for a lens cap, belt loop and adjustable shoulder strap.
BIIN shoulder bag blends function and style into one good looking, well-organized gear protector. Made of durable fabric and with reliable padding, it’s ready to keep your gear safe and secure. It has a spacious interior and some models feature adjustable padded dividers so you can create the perfect fit.
A buckled front and zippered top opens to a soft interior and an inside pocket for accessories. Additional features include a mesh side pocket for accessories, a side loop for attachment of other items and a zippered front pocket.
Shoulder bags Zoom bags
74 75
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. Loading
Weight
Main compartment
Olive Blue
Available in 2 colors
• Sydney 27
•Secure strap system prevents bag from swinging around
while bicycling or hiking•Rapid access system
•Remove interior to use•Multiple storage pockets
for accessories and small items
Sydney 18
7 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 3/4
15 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 8 5/8
||
4.9 lbs|
180 x 105 x 170400 x 175 x 220
2.2 kg0.635 kg 1.40 lbs|
Sydney 22
|
||
220 x 110 x 200410 x 180 x 280
3.2 kg0.70 kg
8 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 7/8
16 1/8 x 7 1/8 x 117.0 lbs1.54 lbs|
Sydney 27
|
||
270 x 120 x 230480 x 190 x 300
4.1 kg0.875 kg
10 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 918 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 11 3/4
9.0 lbs1.93 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Sydney seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Designed for photojournalists and on-the-go photographers, Sydney, with it’s Rapid Access System, provides ultra quick contact with gear from the top. It’s light in weight but features thick padding for reliable protection. Best of all, Sydney has a customiz-able interior that can be removed to make Sydney a versatile messenger bag.
Sydney stays in position with a thick shoulder strap complete with interchangeable, colored pad covers. A side strap offers additional security. The well-cushioned interior provides ample room for gear, eliminating the need for additional bags. Sydney has front pockets for small items, a side hanging system for additional accessories and a water bottle holder.
FEATURES●
●
● ●
●
●
●
Dual-function bag with removable interior (photo-video and messenger bag)Rapid access from the topSecure strap systemLight-reflecting fabricInterchangeable colors on strap pads
Exterior fabric:1000D Polyester ripstop + 1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
Removable customizable interior76 77
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. Loading
Weight
Main compartment
Olive Blue
Available in 2 colors
• Sydney 27
•Secure strap system prevents bag from swinging around
while bicycling or hiking•Rapid access system
•Remove interior to use•Multiple storage pockets
for accessories and small items
Sydney 18
7 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 3/4
15 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 8 5/8
||
4.9 lbs|
180 x 105 x 170400 x 175 x 220
2.2 kg0.635 kg 1.40 lbs|
Sydney 22
|
||
220 x 110 x 200410 x 180 x 280
3.2 kg0.70 kg
8 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 7/8
16 1/8 x 7 1/8 x 117.0 lbs1.54 lbs|
Sydney 27
|
||
270 x 120 x 230480 x 190 x 300
4.1 kg0.875 kg
10 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 918 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 11 3/4
9.0 lbs1.93 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Sydney seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Designed for photojournalists and on-the-go photographers, Sydney, with it’s Rapid Access System, provides ultra quick contact with gear from the top. It’s light in weight but features thick padding for reliable protection. Best of all, Sydney has a customiz-able interior that can be removed to make Sydney a versatile messenger bag.
Sydney stays in position with a thick shoulder strap complete with interchangeable, colored pad covers. A side strap offers additional security. The well-cushioned interior provides ample room for gear, eliminating the need for additional bags. Sydney has front pockets for small items, a side hanging system for additional accessories and a water bottle holder.
FEATURES●
●
● ●
●
●
●
Dual-function bag with removable interior (photo-video and messenger bag)Rapid access from the topSecure strap systemLight-reflecting fabricInterchangeable colors on strap pads
Exterior fabric:1000D Polyester ripstop + 1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
Removable customizable interior76 77
• Pampas 10 • Pampas 15 • Pampas 25
•Multiple storage pockets for accessories and small items •Hanging system
for accessories•Roomy interior with thick protective wall•Lens cap pocket
• Pampas 22
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. Loading
Weight
Main compartment
Pampas 10
|
|
|
100 x 90 x 125
150 x 150 x 180
0.85 kg
0.21 kg
3 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
5 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/8
1.9 lbs
0.46 lbs|
Pampas 15
|
|
|
150 x 105 x 140
190 x 165 x 210
1.3 kg
0.285 kg
5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2
7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 1/4
2.7 lbs
0.63 lbs|
Pampas 22
|
|
|
220 x 110 x 180
275 x 170 x 255
2.55 kg
0.415 kg
8 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8
10 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 10
5.6 lbs
0.91 lbs|
Pampas 25
|
|
|
250 x 140 x 190
320 x 210 x 280
3.55 kg
0.545 kg
9 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/2
12 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 11
7.8 lbs
1.20 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Pampas seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Security. Versatility. Everything you need in a camera bag so you can focus on capturing the action. Weatherproof and lightweight, Pampas has a roomy interior with thick padding and a protective wall that deters theft. Take out the insides and convert Pampas into a stylish messenger bag for your breaks from on-the-go photog-raphy. Other features include a front pocket and a side hanging system for small accessories.
FEATURES●
●
● ●
●
●
●
Dual-function bag with removable interior(photo-video and messenger bag)Rapid access from the topSecure strap systemLight-reflecting fabricInterchangeable colors on strap pads
Exterior fabric:1000D Polyester ripstop + 1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
For use as a photo-video or messenger bag78 79
• Pampas 10 • Pampas 15 • Pampas 25
•Multiple storage pockets for accessories and small items •Hanging system
for accessories•Roomy interior with thick protective wall•Lens cap pocket
• Pampas 22
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. Loading
Weight
Main compartment
Pampas 10
|
|
|
100 x 90 x 125
150 x 150 x 180
0.85 kg
0.21 kg
3 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
5 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/8
1.9 lbs
0.46 lbs|
Pampas 15
|
|
|
150 x 105 x 140
190 x 165 x 210
1.3 kg
0.285 kg
5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2
7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 1/4
2.7 lbs
0.63 lbs|
Pampas 22
|
|
|
220 x 110 x 180
275 x 170 x 255
2.55 kg
0.415 kg
8 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8
10 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 10
5.6 lbs
0.91 lbs|
Pampas 25
|
|
|
250 x 140 x 190
320 x 210 x 280
3.55 kg
0.545 kg
9 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/2
12 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 11
7.8 lbs
1.20 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Pampas seriesPhoto-video shoulder bags
Security. Versatility. Everything you need in a camera bag so you can focus on capturing the action. Weatherproof and lightweight, Pampas has a roomy interior with thick padding and a protective wall that deters theft. Take out the insides and convert Pampas into a stylish messenger bag for your breaks from on-the-go photog-raphy. Other features include a front pocket and a side hanging system for small accessories.
FEATURES●
●
● ●
●
●
●
Dual-function bag with removable interior(photo-video and messenger bag)Rapid access from the topSecure strap systemLight-reflecting fabricInterchangeable colors on strap pads
Exterior fabric:1000D Polyester ripstop + 1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester + Velvet
For use as a photo-video or messenger bag78 79
•Numerous pockets to hold accessories •Memory card holder
•Reliable protection for gear
• Nivelo 15
Slee
k space-saving design
Rubber bottom feet
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Nivelo 15
|||
150 x 105 x 140190 x 135 x 160
1.3 kg0.25 kg
7 1/2 x 5 3/8 x 6 1/4
5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2
2.87 lbs0.55 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
Nivelo 18
|||
180 x 105 x 160220 x 135 x 180
1.8 kg0.29 kg
8 5/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/8
7 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/4
3.97 lbs0.64 lbs|
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Nivelo CollectionPhoto-video shoulder bags
Nivelo’s generous in space to snugly protect your mirrorless, interchangeable lens camera (or other compact digital camera), lens and accessories. The interior is packed with padding and boasts tall sides to keep your gear safe and secure while you’re on the go. It also has rubber bottom feet that provide shock absorption. Weather-resistant fabric keeps moisture from your camera, lens and other accessories.
Available in 2 colors
Red Black
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
Nivelo Tripods - See on pages 20-21
80 81
FEATURES● ● ● ●
●
●
●
Ultra soft, scratch-resistant interior fabricDurable, weather-resistant fabricNumerous pockets to hold accessoriesAdjustable shoulder strapContemporary pattern
Exterior fabric:Jersey + 1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:Velvet + 70D Polyester
•Numerous pockets to hold accessories •Memory card holder
•Reliable protection for gear
• Nivelo 15
Slee
k space-saving design
Rubber bottom feet
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Nivelo 15
|||
150 x 105 x 140190 x 135 x 160
1.3 kg0.25 kg
7 1/2 x 5 3/8 x 6 1/4
5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2
2.87 lbs0.55 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
Nivelo 18
|||
180 x 105 x 160220 x 135 x 180
1.8 kg0.29 kg
8 5/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/8
7 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/4
3.97 lbs0.64 lbs|
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
Nivelo CollectionPhoto-video shoulder bags
Nivelo’s generous in space to snugly protect your mirrorless, interchangeable lens camera (or other compact digital camera), lens and accessories. The interior is packed with padding and boasts tall sides to keep your gear safe and secure while you’re on the go. It also has rubber bottom feet that provide shock absorption. Weather-resistant fabric keeps moisture from your camera, lens and other accessories.
Available in 2 colors
Red Black
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
Nivelo Tripods - See on pages 20-21
80 81
FEATURES● ● ● ●
●
●
●
Ultra soft, scratch-resistant interior fabricDurable, weather-resistant fabricNumerous pockets to hold accessoriesAdjustable shoulder strapContemporary pattern
Exterior fabric:Jersey + 1680D PolyesterInterior fabric:Velvet + 70D Polyester
•Front pocket for lens cap and accessories •Easy opening
•Side hanging system
Cushioned feet
2GO 10
2GO 25
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
100 x 90 x 125140 x 115 x 210
|5 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/4
3 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
|0.885 kg 2.0 lbs|0.220 kg 0.48 lbs|
250 x 150 x 190290 x 190 x 270
|11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 10 5/8
9 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/2
|3.2 kg 7.1 lbs|
0.535 kg 1.18 lbs|
2GO 15
2GO 12Z
145 x 105 x 140180 x 130 x 215
|7 1/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 1/4
5 3/4 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2
|1.30 kg 2.9 lbs|
0.235 kg 0.52 lbs|
120 x 95 x 120180 x 120 x 190
|7 1/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/2
4 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 4 3/4
|1.5 kg 3.3 lbs|
0.235 kg 0.52 lbs|
2GO 14Z
2GO 22
220 x 110 x 180265 x 150 x 250
|10 3/8 x 5 7/8 x 9 7/8
8 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8
|2.35 kg 5.2 lbs|
0.430 kg 0.95 lbs|
140 x 110 x 160200 x 130 x 225
|7 7/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 7/8
5 1/2 x 4 3/8 x 6 1/4
|1.8 kg 4.0 lbs|
0.275 kg 0.61 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
2GO seriesPhoto-video shoulder & zoom bags
2GO is a sleek camera bag designed to be toted everywhere, providing instant access to your gear. Beyond its good looks, it’s well padded on the inside with uniquely designed dottedfeet bottom. Access to your camera and accessories is fast thanks to its wide top opening with dual zippers. You’ll be shooting in just a few seconds. Other features include a belt loop, water bottle holder and pockets for accessories. © Yves Krier
• 2GO 25
• 2GO 12Z • 2GO 14Z • 2GO 10 • 2GO 15 • 2GO 22
FEATURES● ● ● ●
●
●
Unique cushioned bottomFront pocket for lens cap and accessoriesBelt loopWater bottle holder
Exterior fabric:1680D Polyester + 1000*1000DPolyester + 600D PolyesterInterior fabric:100*150D Polyester + Velvet
82 83
•Front pocket for lens cap and accessories •Easy opening
•Side hanging system
Cushioned feet
2GO 10
2GO 25
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
100 x 90 x 125140 x 115 x 210
|5 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/4
3 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8
|0.885 kg 2.0 lbs|0.220 kg 0.48 lbs|
250 x 150 x 190290 x 190 x 270
|11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 10 5/8
9 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/2
|3.2 kg 7.1 lbs|
0.535 kg 1.18 lbs|
2GO 15
2GO 12Z
145 x 105 x 140180 x 130 x 215
|7 1/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 1/4
5 3/4 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2
|1.30 kg 2.9 lbs|
0.235 kg 0.52 lbs|
120 x 95 x 120180 x 120 x 190
|7 1/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/2
4 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 4 3/4
|1.5 kg 3.3 lbs|
0.235 kg 0.52 lbs|
2GO 14Z
2GO 22
220 x 110 x 180265 x 150 x 250
|10 3/8 x 5 7/8 x 9 7/8
8 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8
|2.35 kg 5.2 lbs|
0.430 kg 0.95 lbs|
140 x 110 x 160200 x 130 x 225
|7 7/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 7/8
5 1/2 x 4 3/8 x 6 1/4
|1.8 kg 4.0 lbs|
0.275 kg 0.61 lbs|
Spotting Scopes
2-YEARWARRANTY
WeatherProof
2GO seriesPhoto-video shoulder & zoom bags
2GO is a sleek camera bag designed to be toted everywhere, providing instant access to your gear. Beyond its good looks, it’s well padded on the inside with uniquely designed dottedfeet bottom. Access to your camera and accessories is fast thanks to its wide top opening with dual zippers. You’ll be shooting in just a few seconds. Other features include a belt loop, water bottle holder and pockets for accessories. © Yves Krier
• 2GO 25
• 2GO 12Z • 2GO 14Z • 2GO 10 • 2GO 15 • 2GO 22
FEATURES● ● ● ●
●
●
Unique cushioned bottomFront pocket for lens cap and accessoriesBelt loopWater bottle holder
Exterior fabric:1680D Polyester + 1000*1000DPolyester + 600D PolyesterInterior fabric:100*150D Polyester + Velvet
82 83
ICS Vest S ICS Vest L
ICS Harness S ICS Harness L
ICS Belt S ICS Belt M
Fits chest sizeMax. Loading
Weight
85 ~ 105 cm 33 1/2 ~ 41 3/8 inches|5500 g | 12.12 lbs
675 g | 1.49 lbs
100 ~ 140 cm 39 3/8 ~ 55 1/8 inches|5500 g | 12.12 lbs
740 g | 1.63 lbs
Fits waist sizeMax. Loading
Weight
85 ~ 120 cm 33 1/2 ~ 47 1/4 inches|5000 g| 11.02 lbs
390 g| 0.86 lbs
95 ~ 135 cm|5000 g|
415 g|
37 3/8 ~ 53 1/8 inches11.02 lbs0.91 lbs
ICS Belt L
105 ~ 150 cm 41 3/8 ~ 59 inches|5000 g|11.02 lbs
440 g|0.97 lbs
Size for bothMax. Loading
Weight
S for S/M2500 g| 5.51 lbs
335 g| 0.74 lbs
L for L/XL2500 g|5.51 lbs
340 g|0.75 lbs
ICS Vest ICS Harness ICS Belt
FEATURES
● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
Thickly-padded shoulder strapsAdjustable chest harnessMesh at the back ensures ventilation to keep users dry2 side pockets for small accessoriesCable port on right pocketTwo adjustable straps on each side for comfortable fitHook-and-loop straps on both shoulder straps hold camera straps securely in placeChest harness keeps camera shoulder strap in placeAdditional buckles increase carrying strength and help hold camera straps in placeCan be easily attached to VANGUARD ICS Belt
● ● ●
●
●
Thickly-padded shoulder strapsAdjustable chest harnessMesh at the back ensures ventilation to keep users dryHook-and-loop straps on both shoulder straps hold camera straps securely in placeChest harness keeps camera shoulder strap in place
●
● ● ●
●
●
Numerous pockets for small accesso-riesDurable buckle and fabricThickly paddedIf padding is unnecessary, it can be easily removed
Exterior fabric:1000D*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
ICS Vest / Belt / Harness seriesPhoto-video accessories
For deadline-driven projects, VANGUARD ICS Vest is the perfect carrying solution to ensure you’re always prepared to catch the perfect shots.
ICS Vest
ICS Harness can be attached to a shoulder bag/zoom bag, making it function as a backpack.
ICS Harness
• ICS Vest S
• ICS Belt S
• ICS Harness S
84 85
ICS Vest S ICS Vest L
ICS Harness S ICS Harness L
ICS Belt S ICS Belt M
Fits chest sizeMax. Loading
Weight
85 ~ 105 cm 33 1/2 ~ 41 3/8 inches|5500 g | 12.12 lbs
675 g | 1.49 lbs
100 ~ 140 cm 39 3/8 ~ 55 1/8 inches|5500 g | 12.12 lbs
740 g | 1.63 lbs
Fits waist sizeMax. Loading
Weight
85 ~ 120 cm 33 1/2 ~ 47 1/4 inches|5000 g| 11.02 lbs
390 g| 0.86 lbs
95 ~ 135 cm|5000 g|
415 g|
37 3/8 ~ 53 1/8 inches11.02 lbs0.91 lbs
ICS Belt L
105 ~ 150 cm 41 3/8 ~ 59 inches|5000 g|11.02 lbs
440 g|0.97 lbs
Size for bothMax. Loading
Weight
S for S/M2500 g| 5.51 lbs
335 g| 0.74 lbs
L for L/XL2500 g|5.51 lbs
340 g|0.75 lbs
ICS Vest ICS Harness ICS Belt
FEATURES
● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
Thickly-padded shoulder strapsAdjustable chest harnessMesh at the back ensures ventilation to keep users dry2 side pockets for small accessoriesCable port on right pocketTwo adjustable straps on each side for comfortable fitHook-and-loop straps on both shoulder straps hold camera straps securely in placeChest harness keeps camera shoulder strap in placeAdditional buckles increase carrying strength and help hold camera straps in placeCan be easily attached to VANGUARD ICS Belt
● ● ●
●
●
Thickly-padded shoulder strapsAdjustable chest harnessMesh at the back ensures ventilation to keep users dryHook-and-loop straps on both shoulder straps hold camera straps securely in placeChest harness keeps camera shoulder strap in place
●
● ● ●
●
●
Numerous pockets for small accesso-riesDurable buckle and fabricThickly paddedIf padding is unnecessary, it can be easily removed
Exterior fabric:1000D*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
ICS Vest / Belt / Harness seriesPhoto-video accessories
For deadline-driven projects, VANGUARD ICS Vest is the perfect carrying solution to ensure you’re always prepared to catch the perfect shots.
ICS Vest
ICS Harness can be attached to a shoulder bag/zoom bag, making it function as a backpack.
ICS Harness
• ICS Vest S
• ICS Belt S
• ICS Harness S
84 85
ICS Lens 25
ICS Body
ICS bag 14
ICS Lens 18
ICS Bags 8 ICS Bags 12
ICS Flash
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
110 x 100 x 150130 x 145 x 190
1000 g260 g
5 1/8 x 5 3/4 x 7 1/2
4 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 5 7/8
2.20 lbs0.57 lbs|
110 x 100 x 220130 x 145 x 260
||
1500 g|305 g
5 1/8 x 5 3/4 x 10 1/4
4 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 8 5/8
3.31 lbs0.67 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
170 x 70 x 170195 x 120 x 205
1200 g310 g
7 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 8 1/8
6 3/4 x 2 3/4 x 6 3/4
2.64 lbs0.68 lbs|
|||
80 x 60 x 210 105 x 100 x 210
600 g235 g
4 1/8 x 3 7/8 x 8 1/4
3 1/8 x 2 3/8 x 8 1/4
1.32 lbs0.52 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
76 x 48 x 120100 x 90 x 155
350 g140 g
3 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 6 1/8
3 x 1 7/8 x 4 3/4
0.77 lbs0.31 lbs|
|||
130 x 70 x 80160 x 115 x 115
500 g170 g
6 1/4 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2
5 1/8 x 2 3/4 x 3 1/8
1.10 lbs0.37 lbs|
|
3.53 lbs0.75 lbs
6 1/4 x 5 7/8 x 7 7/8
5 3/8 x 3 3/4 x 6 1/4
||
135 x 95 x 160160 x 150 x 200
1600 g340 g|
Spotting Scopes
FEATURES
●
●
Solid protection with thick padding and a soft interiorBonus rain cover
ICS Bag ●
●
●
●
● Battery holderThickly paddedBonus rain cover
Exterior fabric:Jersey + 1000*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester
ICS Flash
●
● ●
●
Sleek designHook-and-loop fasteners for bag attachmentThickly paddedBonus rain cover
ICS Lens
●
● ●
● ●
Builtin memory card holderConnecting flap for attachment to bagThickly paddedStructured protectionBonus rain cover
ICS Body
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
ICS Bag / Body / Lens / FlashCamera bags & pouches
• ICS Bag 12
• ICS Bag 14
• ICS Lens 25• ICS Body
• ICS Body
• ICS Flash
• ICS Flash
• ICS Lens 18
• ICS Lens
• ICS Bag 8
86 87
ICS Lens 25
ICS Body
ICS bag 14
ICS Lens 18
ICS Bags 8 ICS Bags 12
ICS Flash
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
110 x 100 x 150130 x 145 x 190
1000 g260 g
5 1/8 x 5 3/4 x 7 1/2
4 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 5 7/8
2.20 lbs0.57 lbs|
110 x 100 x 220130 x 145 x 260
||
1500 g|305 g
5 1/8 x 5 3/4 x 10 1/4
4 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 8 5/8
3.31 lbs0.67 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
170 x 70 x 170195 x 120 x 205
1200 g310 g
7 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 8 1/8
6 3/4 x 2 3/4 x 6 3/4
2.64 lbs0.68 lbs|
|||
80 x 60 x 210 105 x 100 x 210
600 g235 g
4 1/8 x 3 7/8 x 8 1/4
3 1/8 x 2 3/8 x 8 1/4
1.32 lbs0.52 lbs|
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Max. LoadingWeight
Main compartment
|||
76 x 48 x 120100 x 90 x 155
350 g140 g
3 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 6 1/8
3 x 1 7/8 x 4 3/4
0.77 lbs0.31 lbs|
|||
130 x 70 x 80160 x 115 x 115
500 g170 g
6 1/4 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2
5 1/8 x 2 3/4 x 3 1/8
1.10 lbs0.37 lbs|
|
3.53 lbs0.75 lbs
6 1/4 x 5 7/8 x 7 7/8
5 3/8 x 3 3/4 x 6 1/4
||
135 x 95 x 160160 x 150 x 200
1600 g340 g|
Spotting Scopes
FEATURES
●
●
Solid protection with thick padding and a soft interiorBonus rain cover
ICS Bag ●
●
●
●
● Battery holderThickly paddedBonus rain cover
Exterior fabric:Jersey + 1000*1000D PolyesterInterior fabric:150D Polyester
ICS Flash
●
● ●
●
Sleek designHook-and-loop fasteners for bag attachmentThickly paddedBonus rain cover
ICS Lens
●
● ●
● ●
Builtin memory card holderConnecting flap for attachment to bagThickly paddedStructured protectionBonus rain cover
ICS Body
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
WeatherProof
ICS Bag / Body / Lens / FlashCamera bags & pouches
• ICS Bag 12
• ICS Bag 14
• ICS Lens 25• ICS Body
• ICS Body
• ICS Flash
• ICS Flash
• ICS Lens 18
• ICS Lens
• ICS Bag 8
86 87
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabric
Interior fabric
Malmö 6C
BIIN 5B
BIIN 8H
Jersey
62 x 15 x 107 2 1/2 x 5/8 x 4 1/4|86 x 28 x 132 3 3/8 x 1 1/8 x 5 1/4|
Jersey
70D Polyester
58 x 22 x 95 2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|86 x 46 x 118 3 3/8 x 1 3/4 x 4 5/8|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
70D Polyester
130 x 70 x 80|170 x 88 x 105
5 1/8 x 2 3/4 x 3 1/8
6 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 4 1/8|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
Velvet
2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|58 x 22 x 9582 x 48 x 117 3 1/4 x 1 7/8 x 4 5/8|
Nylon-Polyester 210D + PU
Jersey
62 x 15 x 107 2 1/2 x 5/8 x 4 1/4|86 x 26 x 130 3 3/8 x 1 x 5 1/8|
Eco Sponge
Seattle 6C
Cardiff 5B
70D Polyester
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|90 x 49 x 128 3 1/2 x 1 7/8 x 5|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
BIIN 6A
Cardiff 6A
BIIN 7H
Velvet
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|90 x 56 x 132 3 1/2 x 2 1/4 x 5 1/4|
Nylon-Polyester 210D + PU
70D Polyester
115 x 40 x 70 4 1/2 x 1 5/8 x 2 3/4|150 x 70 x 90 5 7/8 x 2 3/4 x 3 1/2|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
BIIN 6B
70D Polyester
65 x 35 x 110 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 3/8|94 x 58 x 133 3 3/4 x 2 1/4 x 5 1/4|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabric
Interior fabric
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabric
Interior fabric
Available in 4 colors
Brown Red Pink Black
Grey Black
Available in 2 colors
Black Orange
Available in 2 colors
Cardiff/Malmö/Seattle/BIIN seriesCamera pouches
• Malmö• Cardiff
• Seattle
• BIIN
88 89
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabric
Interior fabric
Malmö 6C
BIIN 5B
BIIN 8H
Jersey
62 x 15 x 107 2 1/2 x 5/8 x 4 1/4|86 x 28 x 132 3 3/8 x 1 1/8 x 5 1/4|
Jersey
70D Polyester
58 x 22 x 95 2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|86 x 46 x 118 3 3/8 x 1 3/4 x 4 5/8|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
70D Polyester
130 x 70 x 80|170 x 88 x 105
5 1/8 x 2 3/4 x 3 1/8
6 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 4 1/8|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
Velvet
2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|58 x 22 x 9582 x 48 x 117 3 1/4 x 1 7/8 x 4 5/8|
Nylon-Polyester 210D + PU
Jersey
62 x 15 x 107 2 1/2 x 5/8 x 4 1/4|86 x 26 x 130 3 3/8 x 1 x 5 1/8|
Eco Sponge
Seattle 6C
Cardiff 5B
70D Polyester
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|90 x 49 x 128 3 1/2 x 1 7/8 x 5|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
BIIN 6A
Cardiff 6A
BIIN 7H
Velvet
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|90 x 56 x 132 3 1/2 x 2 1/4 x 5 1/4|
Nylon-Polyester 210D + PU
70D Polyester
115 x 40 x 70 4 1/2 x 1 5/8 x 2 3/4|150 x 70 x 90 5 7/8 x 2 3/4 x 3 1/2|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
BIIN 6B
70D Polyester
65 x 35 x 110 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 3/8|94 x 58 x 133 3 3/4 x 2 1/4 x 5 1/4|
150D Polyester + 600D Polyester
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabric
Interior fabric
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabric
Interior fabric
Available in 4 colors
Brown Red Pink Black
Grey Black
Available in 2 colors
Black Orange
Available in 2 colors
Cardiff/Malmö/Seattle/BIIN seriesCamera pouches
• Malmö• Cardiff
• Seattle
• BIIN
88 89
Daka 6A
150D Polyester
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|88 x 35 x 128 3 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 5|
210D Polyester
Pampas 6A
70D Polyester
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|85 x 60 x 130 3 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 5 1/8|
1000D Polyester ripstop
Pampas 6B
70D Polyester
65 x 35 x 110 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 3/8|90 x 70 x 135 3 1/2 x 2 3/4 x 5 3/8|
1000D Polyester ripstop
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabricInterior fabric
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabricInterior fabric
Chicago 6B
ISA 5B
Polyester
58 x 22 x 95 2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|80 x 52 x 115 3 1/8 x 2 x 4 1/2|
PU+70D*200D Nylon
Velvet
65 x 35 x 110 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 3/8|88 x 65 x 133 3 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 5 1/4|
1680D Polyester
Polyester
Chicago 7
ISA 6A
62 x 25 x 95 2 1/2 x 1 x 3 3/4|85 x 55 x 115 3 3/8 x 2 1/8 x 4 1/2|
PU+70D*200D Nylon
Velvet
96 x 77 x 13870 x 40 x 115 2 3/4 x 1 5/8 x 4 1/2|
3 3/4 x 3 x 5 3/8|
1680D Polyester
Chicago 8
ISA 6B
Polyester
65 x 35 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 1/8|90 x 70 x 125 3 1/2 x 2 3/4 x 4 7/8|
PU+70D*200D Nylon
Velvet
76 x 48 x 120 3 x 1 7/8 x 4 3/4|100 x 78 x 145 4 x 3 1/8 x 5 3/4|
1680D Polyester
Dakar 5B
Beneto 6C
150D Polyester
58 x 22 x 95 2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|84 x 32 x 118 3 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 4 5/8|
210D Polyester
Jersey
62 x 15 x 107 2 1/2 x 5/8 x 4 1/4|87 x 30 x 127 3 3/8 x 1 1/8 x 5|
Jersey
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabricInterior fabric
Available in 4 colors
Pacific Pinky Orange Black
Red Black
Available in 2 colors
Chicago/Beneto/Isa/Dakar/Pampas seriesCamera pouches
•Beneto•Chicago
•Isa •Dakar •Pampas
90 91
Daka 6A
150D Polyester
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|88 x 35 x 128 3 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 5|
210D Polyester
Pampas 6A
70D Polyester
62 x 25 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 x 4 1/8|85 x 60 x 130 3 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 5 1/8|
1000D Polyester ripstop
Pampas 6B
70D Polyester
65 x 35 x 110 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 3/8|90 x 70 x 135 3 1/2 x 2 3/4 x 5 3/8|
1000D Polyester ripstop
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabricInterior fabric
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabricInterior fabric
Chicago 6B
ISA 5B
Polyester
58 x 22 x 95 2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|80 x 52 x 115 3 1/8 x 2 x 4 1/2|
PU+70D*200D Nylon
Velvet
65 x 35 x 110 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 3/8|88 x 65 x 133 3 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 5 1/4|
1680D Polyester
Polyester
Chicago 7
ISA 6A
62 x 25 x 95 2 1/2 x 1 x 3 3/4|85 x 55 x 115 3 3/8 x 2 1/8 x 4 1/2|
PU+70D*200D Nylon
Velvet
96 x 77 x 13870 x 40 x 115 2 3/4 x 1 5/8 x 4 1/2|
3 3/4 x 3 x 5 3/8|
1680D Polyester
Chicago 8
ISA 6B
Polyester
65 x 35 x 105 2 1/2 x 1 3/8 x 4 1/8|90 x 70 x 125 3 1/2 x 2 3/4 x 4 7/8|
PU+70D*200D Nylon
Velvet
76 x 48 x 120 3 x 1 7/8 x 4 3/4|100 x 78 x 145 4 x 3 1/8 x 5 3/4|
1680D Polyester
Dakar 5B
Beneto 6C
150D Polyester
58 x 22 x 95 2 1/4 x 7/8 x 3 3/4|84 x 32 x 118 3 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 4 5/8|
210D Polyester
Jersey
62 x 15 x 107 2 1/2 x 5/8 x 4 1/4|87 x 30 x 127 3 3/8 x 1 1/8 x 5|
Jersey
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D)Outside Dimensions (L x W x D)
Exterior fabricInterior fabric
Available in 4 colors
Pacific Pinky Orange Black
Red Black
Available in 2 colors
Chicago/Beneto/Isa/Dakar/Pampas seriesCamera pouches
•Beneto•Chicago
•Isa •Dakar •Pampas
90 91
CASES
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
CASES
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
Photo-video casesSupreme series Supreme 27F Supreme 37F Supreme 38F
Supreme 40F Supreme 46F Supreme 53F Divider Bag 27
Divider Bag 37 Divider Bag 40 Divider Bag 46 Divider Bag 53
25 kg
430 x 295 x 175 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 6 7/8|465 x 365 x 195 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 7 5/8|
||
4.4 kg 9.7 lbs55 lbs 30 kg
480 x 370 x 200 18 7/8 x 14 5/8 x 7 7/8|515 x 435 x 220 20 1/4 x 17 1/8 x 8 5/8|
||
6.8 kg 14.99 lbs66 lbs 35 kg
560 x 450 x 200 22 x 17 3/4 x 7 7/8|630 x 520 x 240 24 3/4 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2|
||
10.4 kg 22.93 lbs77 lbs 15 kg
270 x 140 x 125 8 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 7/8|250 x 165 x 140 9 7/8 x 6 1/2 x 5 1/2|
||
0.34 kg 0.75 lbs33 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
15 kg
250 x 190 x 150 9 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 5 7/8|280 x 250 x 170 11 x 9 7/8 x 6 3/4|
||
1.9 kg 4.19 lbs33 lbs 20 kg
380 x 260 x 175 15 x 10 1/4 x 6 7/8|415 x 325 x 195 16 3/8 x 12 3/4 x 7 5/8|
||
3.9 kg 8.6 lbs44 lbs 12 kg
430 x 295 x 105 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 4 1/8|465 x 365 x 125 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 4 7/8|
||
3.2 kg 7.05 lbs26 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
20 kg
345 x 205 x 150 13 5/8 x 8 1/8 x 5 7/8|380 x 240 x 170 15 x 9 1/2 x 6 3/4|
||
0.75 kg 1.65 lbs44 lbs 12 kg
395 x 245 x 150 15 1/2 x 9 5/8 x 5 7/8|430 x 275 x 170 16 7/8 x 10 7/8 x 6 3/4|
||
0.9 kg 1.98 lbs26 lbs 25 kg
445 x 325 x 175 17 1/2 x 12 3/4 x 6 7/8|480 x 345 x 195 18 7/8 x 13 5/8 x 7 5/8|
||
1.34 kg 2.95 lbs55 lbs 30 kg
535 x 400 x 175 21 1/8 x 15 3/4 x 6 7/8|560 x 425 x 200 22 x 16 3/4 x 7 7/8|
||
1.65 kg 3.64 lbs66 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
FEATURES● Water, air and dust proof up to 5 meters● Undergoes unbelievably stringent quality testing
to test weather resistance● Resistant from -40°C to +95°C/ -40°F to 203°F● Supports up to 120 kg /265 lbs of exterior weight● Automatic pressure equalization valve● Easy-locking heavy-duty latches● Steel-reinforced padlock receptacles● Customizable die cut foam● Anti-slip rubber feet
•Divider Bag (sold separately)
• Supreme 53F
•Incredibly strong and rugged(Supports up to 120 kg /265 lbs
of exterior weight)•Supreme 53 features durablewheels and a retractable handle to
effortlessly transport heavy gear•Pressurized equalization
valve for airline travel
Virtually indestructible, rugged Supreme Series has innovative features for unmatched strength and durability. It’s O-ring sealed, waterproof (up to a depth of 16.5 feet/5 meters), airtight and built to withstand the most extreme conditions (-40°F/-40°C to 203°F/95°C). Supreme is great for airline travel, with an automatic pressure equalization valve and ability to
support up to 265 lbs./120 kg. of exterior weight. Anti-slip rubber feet and a solid carrying handle offer extra durability. Thick, quick-release latches lock in place and steel-reinforced lock holders are great for use with padlocks for added security. Supreme has dense, customizable hexagon-shaped foam for an extremely tailored, custom fit for gear.
94 95
For Supreme 53F
3-YEARWARRANTY
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
Photo-video casesSupreme series Supreme 27F Supreme 37F Supreme 38F
Supreme 40F Supreme 46F Supreme 53F Divider Bag 27
Divider Bag 37 Divider Bag 40 Divider Bag 46 Divider Bag 53
25 kg
430 x 295 x 175 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 6 7/8|465 x 365 x 195 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 7 5/8|
||
4.4 kg 9.7 lbs55 lbs 30 kg
480 x 370 x 200 18 7/8 x 14 5/8 x 7 7/8|515 x 435 x 220 20 1/4 x 17 1/8 x 8 5/8|
||
6.8 kg 14.99 lbs66 lbs 35 kg
560 x 450 x 200 22 x 17 3/4 x 7 7/8|630 x 520 x 240 24 3/4 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2|
||
10.4 kg 22.93 lbs77 lbs 15 kg
270 x 140 x 125 8 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 7/8|250 x 165 x 140 9 7/8 x 6 1/2 x 5 1/2|
||
0.34 kg 0.75 lbs33 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
15 kg
250 x 190 x 150 9 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 5 7/8|280 x 250 x 170 11 x 9 7/8 x 6 3/4|
||
1.9 kg 4.19 lbs33 lbs 20 kg
380 x 260 x 175 15 x 10 1/4 x 6 7/8|415 x 325 x 195 16 3/8 x 12 3/4 x 7 5/8|
||
3.9 kg 8.6 lbs44 lbs 12 kg
430 x 295 x 105 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 4 1/8|465 x 365 x 125 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 4 7/8|
||
3.2 kg 7.05 lbs26 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
20 kg
345 x 205 x 150 13 5/8 x 8 1/8 x 5 7/8|380 x 240 x 170 15 x 9 1/2 x 6 3/4|
||
0.75 kg 1.65 lbs44 lbs 12 kg
395 x 245 x 150 15 1/2 x 9 5/8 x 5 7/8|430 x 275 x 170 16 7/8 x 10 7/8 x 6 3/4|
||
0.9 kg 1.98 lbs26 lbs 25 kg
445 x 325 x 175 17 1/2 x 12 3/4 x 6 7/8|480 x 345 x 195 18 7/8 x 13 5/8 x 7 5/8|
||
1.34 kg 2.95 lbs55 lbs 30 kg
535 x 400 x 175 21 1/8 x 15 3/4 x 6 7/8|560 x 425 x 200 22 x 16 3/4 x 7 7/8|
||
1.65 kg 3.64 lbs66 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
FEATURES● Water, air and dust proof up to 5 meters● Undergoes unbelievably stringent quality testing
to test weather resistance● Resistant from -40°C to +95°C/ -40°F to 203°F● Supports up to 120 kg /265 lbs of exterior weight● Automatic pressure equalization valve● Easy-locking heavy-duty latches● Steel-reinforced padlock receptacles● Customizable die cut foam● Anti-slip rubber feet
•Divider Bag (sold separately)
• Supreme 53F
•Incredibly strong and rugged(Supports up to 120 kg /265 lbs
of exterior weight)•Supreme 53 features durablewheels and a retractable handle to
effortlessly transport heavy gear•Pressurized equalization
valve for airline travel
Virtually indestructible, rugged Supreme Series has innovative features for unmatched strength and durability. It’s O-ring sealed, waterproof (up to a depth of 16.5 feet/5 meters), airtight and built to withstand the most extreme conditions (-40°F/-40°C to 203°F/95°C). Supreme is great for airline travel, with an automatic pressure equalization valve and ability to
support up to 265 lbs./120 kg. of exterior weight. Anti-slip rubber feet and a solid carrying handle offer extra durability. Thick, quick-release latches lock in place and steel-reinforced lock holders are great for use with padlocks for added security. Supreme has dense, customizable hexagon-shaped foam for an extremely tailored, custom fit for gear.
94 95
For Supreme 53F
3-YEARWARRANTY
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
Photo-video casesX-Pedition/VGP series
VGP-3201
VGP-3202 VGP-13S VGP-13 VGP-300W
VGP-31
VGP-310W
VGP-32 VGP-33 VGP-3200
X-Pedition 13S X-Pedition 13 X-Pedition 35
13 3/8 x 7 7/8 x 9 1/4|14 1/8 x 8 5/8 x 9 5/8|
||7 kg
340 x 200 x 235360 x 220 x 245
3.23 kg 7.12 lbs15 lbs
||
||10 kg
390 x 235 x 310410 x 255 x 320
4.27 kg
15 3/8 x 9 1/4 x 12 1/4
16 1/4 x 10 x 12 5/8
9.41 lbs22 lbs
||
||15 kg
505 x 245 x 345525 x 265 x 355
5.54 kg
19 7/8 x 9 5/8 x 13 5/8
20 5/8 x 10 3/8 x 14
12.21 lbs33 lbs
||
||3 kg
220 x 175 x 85240 x 190 x 100
1.1 kg
8 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 7/8
9 1/2 x 7 1/2 x 4
2.42 lbs6.6 lbs 5 kg
285 x 175 x 85 |300 x 190 x 100 |
||
1.25 kg
11 1/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 3/8
11 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 3 7/8
2.76 lbs11 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
||
||8 kg
315 x 245 x 115330 x 260 x 130
1.88 kg
12 3/8 x 9 5/8 x 4 1/2
13 x 10 1/4 x 5 1/8
4.14 lbs18 lbs
||
||8 kg
385 x 235 x 160400 x 250 x 175
2.63 kg
15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8
15 3/4 x 9 7/8 x 6 7/8
5.8 lbs18 lbs
||
||10 kg
445 x 310 x 150460 x 325 x 170
3.18 kg
17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 618 1/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4
7.01 lbs22 lbs
20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4|21 1/2 x 14 x 8|
||20 kg
530 x 340 x 185545 x 355 x 205
6.5 kg 14.33 lbs44 lbs
||
||20 kg
585 x 370 x 185600 x 380 x 205
7.3 kg
22 7/8 x 14 3/8 x 7 1/4
23 1/2 x 15 x 8
16 lbs44 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
|
||
|7 kg
385 x 235 x 160405 x 255 x 170
2.9 kg
15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8
16 x 10 x 6 3/4
6.39 lbs15 lbs
||
||10 kg
445 x 310 x 150465 x 330 x 160
3.6 kg
17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 618 3/8 x 13 x 6 3/8
7.93 lbs22 lbs
||
||15 kg
530 x 340 x 185550 x 360 x 200
5.3 kg
20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4
21 3/4 x 14 1/8 x 7 7/8
11.68 lbs33 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
Customizable foam
Egg foam
Customizable die-cut foam
Adjustable divider
Customizable foam
Adjustable divider
• Interior has adjustable divldersand customizable foam on almost all models
X-Pedition Series brings together functionality and style. Cushioned with ABS, X-Pedition has metal reinforced corners and a strong metal frame for years of great performance. Its interior has customizable foam and adjustable dividers for a secure, tailored fit for your gear. X-Pedition also includes bottom feet, a removable shoulder strap and dual locks with two keys.
X-Pedition series• VGP-3202
• X-Pedition 13 • VGP-300W
5-YearWarranty
2-YearWarranty
VGP seriesThere’s a good reason VGP is our best selling univer-sal hard case: Durable and strong, VGP has a solid aluminum alloy frame with a sleek, professional style with an aluminum frame with ABS sides. Customiz-able foam and adjustable dividers ensure a secure fit for your gear. (VGP 13, 13S, 300W & 310W have
dividers and foam; VGP-3200, 3201 & 3202 have foam only; VGP-31, 32 & 33 have dividers only). Great for flying, it’s rugged and ready to withstand rough travel. It boasts a comfortable handle and removable reinforced carrying strap. It includes dual locks with two keys.
96 97
Photo-video casesX-Pedition/VGP series
VGP-3201
VGP-3202 VGP-13S VGP-13 VGP-300W
VGP-31
VGP-310W
VGP-32 VGP-33 VGP-3200
X-Pedition 13S X-Pedition 13 X-Pedition 35
13 3/8 x 7 7/8 x 9 1/4|14 1/8 x 8 5/8 x 9 5/8|
||7 kg
340 x 200 x 235360 x 220 x 245
3.23 kg 7.12 lbs15 lbs
||
||10 kg
390 x 235 x 310410 x 255 x 320
4.27 kg
15 3/8 x 9 1/4 x 12 1/4
16 1/4 x 10 x 12 5/8
9.41 lbs22 lbs
||
||15 kg
505 x 245 x 345525 x 265 x 355
5.54 kg
19 7/8 x 9 5/8 x 13 5/8
20 5/8 x 10 3/8 x 14
12.21 lbs33 lbs
||
||3 kg
220 x 175 x 85240 x 190 x 100
1.1 kg
8 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 7/8
9 1/2 x 7 1/2 x 4
2.42 lbs6.6 lbs 5 kg
285 x 175 x 85 |300 x 190 x 100 |
||
1.25 kg
11 1/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 3/8
11 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 3 7/8
2.76 lbs11 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
||
||8 kg
315 x 245 x 115330 x 260 x 130
1.88 kg
12 3/8 x 9 5/8 x 4 1/2
13 x 10 1/4 x 5 1/8
4.14 lbs18 lbs
||
||8 kg
385 x 235 x 160400 x 250 x 175
2.63 kg
15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8
15 3/4 x 9 7/8 x 6 7/8
5.8 lbs18 lbs
||
||10 kg
445 x 310 x 150460 x 325 x 170
3.18 kg
17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 618 1/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4
7.01 lbs22 lbs
20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4|21 1/2 x 14 x 8|
||20 kg
530 x 340 x 185545 x 355 x 205
6.5 kg 14.33 lbs44 lbs
||
||20 kg
585 x 370 x 185600 x 380 x 205
7.3 kg
22 7/8 x 14 3/8 x 7 1/4
23 1/2 x 15 x 8
16 lbs44 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
|
||
|7 kg
385 x 235 x 160405 x 255 x 170
2.9 kg
15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8
16 x 10 x 6 3/4
6.39 lbs15 lbs
||
||10 kg
445 x 310 x 150465 x 330 x 160
3.6 kg
17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 618 3/8 x 13 x 6 3/8
7.93 lbs22 lbs
||
||15 kg
530 x 340 x 185550 x 360 x 200
5.3 kg
20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4
21 3/4 x 14 1/8 x 7 7/8
11.68 lbs33 lbs
Inside Dimensions (L x D x H)Outside Dimensions (L x D x H)
WeightMax. Loading weight
Customizable foam
Egg foam
Customizable die-cut foam
Adjustable divider
Customizable foam
Adjustable divider
• Interior has adjustable divldersand customizable foam on almost all models
X-Pedition Series brings together functionality and style. Cushioned with ABS, X-Pedition has metal reinforced corners and a strong metal frame for years of great performance. Its interior has customizable foam and adjustable dividers for a secure, tailored fit for your gear. X-Pedition also includes bottom feet, a removable shoulder strap and dual locks with two keys.
X-Pedition series• VGP-3202
• X-Pedition 13 • VGP-300W
5-YearWarranty
2-YearWarranty
VGP seriesThere’s a good reason VGP is our best selling univer-sal hard case: Durable and strong, VGP has a solid aluminum alloy frame with a sleek, professional style with an aluminum frame with ABS sides. Customiz-able foam and adjustable dividers ensure a secure fit for your gear. (VGP 13, 13S, 300W & 310W have
dividers and foam; VGP-3200, 3201 & 3202 have foam only; VGP-31, 32 & 33 have dividers only). Great for flying, it’s rugged and ready to withstand rough travel. It boasts a comfortable handle and removable reinforced carrying strap. It includes dual locks with two keys.
96 97
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Skyborne 45Skyborne 48Skyborne 49Skyborne 51Skyborne 53
260 x 160 x 180 340 x 340 x 490 13 3/8 x 13 3/8 x 19 1/410 1/4 x 6 1/4 x 7 1/8 9 19.8 2.32 5.11
290 x 160 x 220 360 x 350 x 520 14 1/8 x 13 3/4 x 20 1/211 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 5/8 11.5 25.3 2.58 5.69
290 x 160 x 410 350 x 350 x 505 13 3/4 x 13 3/4 x 19 7/811 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 16 1/8 12.6 27.77 2.56 5.64
320 x 160 x 270 370 x 380 x 560 14 5/8 x 15 x 2212 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 10 5/8 13.8 30.4 2.75 6.06
320 x 160 x 510 390 x 440 x 600 15 3/8 x 17 3/8 x 23 5/812 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 20 1/8 18 39.7 3.34 7.36
Skyborneseries
Main compartment
Outlawzseries
Main compartmentInside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Outlawz 16ZOutlawz 17Z
170 x 170 x 240 210 x 210 x 290 8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 11 3/86 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/2 3.4 7.5 0.96 2.12
170 x 170 x 290 210 x 210 x 340 8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 13 3/86 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 11 3/8 4 8.8 1.06 2.34
The Heralderseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
The Heralder 28The Heralder 33The Heralder 38
250 x 160 x 200 340 x 265 x 270 13 3/8 x 10 3/8 x 10 5/89 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 7 7/8 6.5 14.33 1.25 2.76
330 x 160 x 280 420 x 270 x 350 16 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/413 x 6 1/4 x 11 10.5 23.14 1.62 3.57
380 x 160 x 280 470 x 270 x 350 18 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/415 x 6 1/4 x 11 13 28.65 1.80 3.97
UP-Rise BackpackSling bag series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
UP-Rise 34UP-Rise 43UP-Rise 45UP-Rise 46UP-Rise 48
180 x 170 (130 + 40) x 175 7 1/8 x 6 5/8 (5 1/8 + 1 1/2) x 6 7/8 4.7 10.3 0.93 2.05
200 x 180 (130 + 50) x 230 7 7/8 x 7 1/8 (5 1/8 + 2) x 9 6 13.2 1.16 2.56
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230 10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 8.8 19.4 1.61 3.55
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230 10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 10 22.0 1.925 4.24
300 x 190 (130 + 60) x 250 11 7/8 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 3/4
260 x 255 x 355 10 1/4 x 10 x 14
280 x 260 x 455 11 x 10 1/4 x 17 7/8
330 x 260 x 470 13 x 10 1/4 x 18 1/2
340 x 290 x 490 13 3/8 x 11 3/8 x 19 1/4
350 x 300 x 515 13 3/4 x 11 7/8 x 20 1/4 11.8 26.0 2.27 5.00
Main compartment
UP-Rise Messenger
seriesInside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
UP-Rise 28UP-Rise 33UP-Rise 38
280 x 165 (105 + 60) x 240 11 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 1/2 7 15.4 1.36 3.00
330 x 165 (105 + 60) x 280 13 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 11 8.1 17.9 1.545 3.41
380 x 165 (105 + 60) x 280 15 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 11 9.1 20.1 1.62 3.57
360 x 225 x 320 14 1/8 x 8 7/8 x 12 5/8
390 x 225 x 360 15 3/8 x 8 7/8 x 14 1/8
445 x 225 x 360 17 1/2 x 8 7/8 x 14 1/8
Main compartment
UP-Rise Shoulder &Zoom bag series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
UP-Rise 15UP-Rise 18UP-Rise 22
UP-Rise 14ZUP-Rise 15Z
150 x 105 x 165 (140 + 25) 5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/2 (5 1/2 + 1) 1.4 3.1 0.42 0.93
180 x 110 x 190 (160 + 30) 7 1/8 x 4 1/4 x 7 5/8 (6 3/8 + 1 1/4) 1.8 4.0 0.52 1.15
220 x 115 x 215 (180 + 35) 8 5/8 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/2 (7 1/8 + 1 3/8) 2.8 6.2 0.60 1.32
140 x 110 x 190 (160 + 30) 5 1/2 x 4 1/4 x 7 5/8 (6 3/8 +1 1/4) 1.4 3.1 0.42 0.93
150 x 115 x 295 (240 + 55) 6 x 4 1/2 x 11 5/8 (9 3/8 + 2 1/4)
190 x 165 x 220 7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 5/8
215 x 175 x 235 8 1/2 x 6 7/8 x 9 1/4
255 x 185 x 275 10 x 7 1/4 x 10 3/4
170 x 160 x 235 6 3/4 x 6 3/8 x 9 1/4
185 x 170 x 330 7 1/4 x 6 5/8 x 13 2.8 6.2 0.525 1.16
UP-Rise 16Z 160 x 160 x 315 (260 + 55) 6 3/8 x 6 3/8 x 12 5/8 (10 3/8 + 2 1/4) 3.8 8.4 0.67 1.48195 x 210 x 365 7 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 14 3/8
Main compartment
Adaptorseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Adaptor 41Adaptor 45Adaptor 46Adaptor 48
200 x 140 x 200 230 x 200 x 410 9 x 7 7/8 x 16 1/87 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8 4 8.82 0.65 1.43
240 x 155 x 260 270 x 230 x 455 10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/89 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4 6.5 14.33 0.90 1.98
240 x 155 x 260 270 x 250 x 455 10 5/8 x 9 7/8 x 17 7/89 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4 8.5 18.7 1.00 2.20
240 x 155 x 430 270 x 230 x 455 10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/89 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 16 7/8 6.5 14.33 0.98 2.16
Main compartment
Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. LoadingKg lbs kg lbs
Xcenior 41TXcenior 48TXcenior 62T
Xcenior 30Xcenior 36
Xceniorseries
370 × 170 × 310 10.5 23.2 3.95 12”8.71
310 × 170 × 410 15 33.1 4.25 9.37
350 × 170 × 550 22 48.5 5.10 11.24
300 × 180 × 240 8.5 18.8 2.15 4.74
360 × 180 × 280 11.5 25.4 2.70 5.95
Xcenior 41 410 × 180 × 300 15 33.1 2.95 6.50
14 5/8 × 6 3/4 × 12 1/4
12 1/4 × 6 3/4 × 16 1/8
13 3/4 × 6 3/4 × 21 5/8
11 3/4 × 7 1/8 × 9 1/2
14 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 11
16 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 11 3/4
430 × 290 × 485
380 × 290 × 485
470 × 310 × 685
420 × 320 × 320
500 × 340 × 350
550 × 340 × 400
16 7/8 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
15 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
18 1/2 × 12 1/4 × 27
16 1/2 × 12 5/8 × 12 5/8
19 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 13 3/4
21 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 15 3/4
14”
12”
12”
15”
10”
13”
14”
15”
10”
12”
15”
13”
15”
17”
14”
10”
14”
17”
15”
Kinrayseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches
Kinray 43
Kinray 48
Kinray 53
mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
200 x 140 x 430 7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 16 7/85.2 11.5 1.01 2.23270 × 215 × 435 10 5/8 × 8 1/2 × 17 1/8
260 x 160 x 480 10 1/4 × 6 1/4 × 18 7/814.8 32.7 1.40 3.09300 × 215 × 490 11 3/4 × 8 1/2 × 19 1/4
320 x 180 x 530 12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 20 7/8
7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 9
10 1/4 × 6 1/4 × 10 1/4
12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 11 20.0 44.1 1.60 3.53350 × 270 × 545 13 3/4 × 10 5/8 × 21 1/2Lower Compartment320 × 180 × 280
Lower Compartment260 × 160 × 260
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
or
or
or200 × 140 × 230
NEW !NEW !NEW !NEW !NEW !NEW !
NEW !
NEW !
NEW !
BIIN Backpack& Daypack series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
BIIN 50BIIN 59
215 x 115 x 285 250 x 230 x 335 9 7/8 x 9 x 13 1/48 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 11 1/4 4.0 8.8 0.54 1.19
290 x 140 x 200 320 x 240 x 440 12 5/8 x 9 1/2 x 17 3/811 3/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8 5.5 12.1 0.76 1.68
Main compartment
98 99
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Skyborne 45Skyborne 48Skyborne 49Skyborne 51Skyborne 53
260 x 160 x 180 340 x 340 x 490 13 3/8 x 13 3/8 x 19 1/410 1/4 x 6 1/4 x 7 1/8 9 19.8 2.32 5.11
290 x 160 x 220 360 x 350 x 520 14 1/8 x 13 3/4 x 20 1/211 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 5/8 11.5 25.3 2.58 5.69
290 x 160 x 410 350 x 350 x 505 13 3/4 x 13 3/4 x 19 7/811 3/8 x 6 1/4 x 16 1/8 12.6 27.77 2.56 5.64
320 x 160 x 270 370 x 380 x 560 14 5/8 x 15 x 2212 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 10 5/8 13.8 30.4 2.75 6.06
320 x 160 x 510 390 x 440 x 600 15 3/8 x 17 3/8 x 23 5/812 5/8 x 6 1/4 x 20 1/8 18 39.7 3.34 7.36
Skyborneseries
Main compartment
Outlawzseries
Main compartmentInside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Outlawz 16ZOutlawz 17Z
170 x 170 x 240 210 x 210 x 290 8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 11 3/86 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/2 3.4 7.5 0.96 2.12
170 x 170 x 290 210 x 210 x 340 8 1/4 x 8 1/4 x 13 3/86 3/4 x 6 3/4 x 11 3/8 4 8.8 1.06 2.34
The Heralderseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
The Heralder 28The Heralder 33The Heralder 38
250 x 160 x 200 340 x 265 x 270 13 3/8 x 10 3/8 x 10 5/89 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 7 7/8 6.5 14.33 1.25 2.76
330 x 160 x 280 420 x 270 x 350 16 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/413 x 6 1/4 x 11 10.5 23.14 1.62 3.57
380 x 160 x 280 470 x 270 x 350 18 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 13 3/415 x 6 1/4 x 11 13 28.65 1.80 3.97
UP-Rise BackpackSling bag series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
UP-Rise 34UP-Rise 43UP-Rise 45UP-Rise 46UP-Rise 48
180 x 170 (130 + 40) x 175 7 1/8 x 6 5/8 (5 1/8 + 1 1/2) x 6 7/8 4.7 10.3 0.93 2.05
200 x 180 (130 + 50) x 230 7 7/8 x 7 1/8 (5 1/8 + 2) x 9 6 13.2 1.16 2.56
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230 10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 8.8 19.4 1.61 3.55
260 x 190 (130 + 60) x 230 10 1/4 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 10 22.0 1.925 4.24
300 x 190 (130 + 60) x 250 11 7/8 x 7 1/2 (5 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 3/4
260 x 255 x 355 10 1/4 x 10 x 14
280 x 260 x 455 11 x 10 1/4 x 17 7/8
330 x 260 x 470 13 x 10 1/4 x 18 1/2
340 x 290 x 490 13 3/8 x 11 3/8 x 19 1/4
350 x 300 x 515 13 3/4 x 11 7/8 x 20 1/4 11.8 26.0 2.27 5.00
Main compartment
UP-Rise Messenger
seriesInside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight
mm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
UP-Rise 28UP-Rise 33UP-Rise 38
280 x 165 (105 + 60) x 240 11 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 9 1/2 7 15.4 1.36 3.00
330 x 165 (105 + 60) x 280 13 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 11 8.1 17.9 1.545 3.41
380 x 165 (105 + 60) x 280 15 x 6 1/2 (4 1/8 + 2 3/8) x 11 9.1 20.1 1.62 3.57
360 x 225 x 320 14 1/8 x 8 7/8 x 12 5/8
390 x 225 x 360 15 3/8 x 8 7/8 x 14 1/8
445 x 225 x 360 17 1/2 x 8 7/8 x 14 1/8
Main compartment
UP-Rise Shoulder &Zoom bag series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
UP-Rise 15UP-Rise 18UP-Rise 22
UP-Rise 14ZUP-Rise 15Z
150 x 105 x 165 (140 + 25) 5 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/2 (5 1/2 + 1) 1.4 3.1 0.42 0.93
180 x 110 x 190 (160 + 30) 7 1/8 x 4 1/4 x 7 5/8 (6 3/8 + 1 1/4) 1.8 4.0 0.52 1.15
220 x 115 x 215 (180 + 35) 8 5/8 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/2 (7 1/8 + 1 3/8) 2.8 6.2 0.60 1.32
140 x 110 x 190 (160 + 30) 5 1/2 x 4 1/4 x 7 5/8 (6 3/8 +1 1/4) 1.4 3.1 0.42 0.93
150 x 115 x 295 (240 + 55) 6 x 4 1/2 x 11 5/8 (9 3/8 + 2 1/4)
190 x 165 x 220 7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 5/8
215 x 175 x 235 8 1/2 x 6 7/8 x 9 1/4
255 x 185 x 275 10 x 7 1/4 x 10 3/4
170 x 160 x 235 6 3/4 x 6 3/8 x 9 1/4
185 x 170 x 330 7 1/4 x 6 5/8 x 13 2.8 6.2 0.525 1.16
UP-Rise 16Z 160 x 160 x 315 (260 + 55) 6 3/8 x 6 3/8 x 12 5/8 (10 3/8 + 2 1/4) 3.8 8.4 0.67 1.48195 x 210 x 365 7 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 14 3/8
Main compartment
Adaptorseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Adaptor 41Adaptor 45Adaptor 46Adaptor 48
200 x 140 x 200 230 x 200 x 410 9 x 7 7/8 x 16 1/87 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8 4 8.82 0.65 1.43
240 x 155 x 260 270 x 230 x 455 10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/89 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4 6.5 14.33 0.90 1.98
240 x 155 x 260 270 x 250 x 455 10 5/8 x 9 7/8 x 17 7/89 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 10 1/4 8.5 18.7 1.00 2.20
240 x 155 x 430 270 x 230 x 455 10 5/8 x 9 x 17 7/89 1/2 x 6 1/8 x 16 7/8 6.5 14.33 0.98 2.16
Main compartment
Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. LoadingKg lbs kg lbs
Xcenior 41TXcenior 48TXcenior 62T
Xcenior 30Xcenior 36
Xceniorseries
370 × 170 × 310 10.5 23.2 3.95 12”8.71
310 × 170 × 410 15 33.1 4.25 9.37
350 × 170 × 550 22 48.5 5.10 11.24
300 × 180 × 240 8.5 18.8 2.15 4.74
360 × 180 × 280 11.5 25.4 2.70 5.95
Xcenior 41 410 × 180 × 300 15 33.1 2.95 6.50
14 5/8 × 6 3/4 × 12 1/4
12 1/4 × 6 3/4 × 16 1/8
13 3/4 × 6 3/4 × 21 5/8
11 3/4 × 7 1/8 × 9 1/2
14 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 11
16 1/8 × 7 1/8 × 11 3/4
430 × 290 × 485
380 × 290 × 485
470 × 310 × 685
420 × 320 × 320
500 × 340 × 350
550 × 340 × 400
16 7/8 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
15 × 11 3/8 × 19 1/8
18 1/2 × 12 1/4 × 27
16 1/2 × 12 5/8 × 12 5/8
19 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 13 3/4
21 5/8 × 13 3/8 × 15 3/4
14”
12”
12”
15”
10”
13”
14”
15”
10”
12”
15”
13”
15”
17”
14”
10”
14”
17”
15”
Kinrayseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches
Kinray 43
Kinray 48
Kinray 53
mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
200 x 140 x 430 7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 16 7/85.2 11.5 1.01 2.23270 × 215 × 435 10 5/8 × 8 1/2 × 17 1/8
260 x 160 x 480 10 1/4 × 6 1/4 × 18 7/814.8 32.7 1.40 3.09300 × 215 × 490 11 3/4 × 8 1/2 × 19 1/4
320 x 180 x 530 12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 20 7/8
7 7/8 × 4 1/2 × 9
10 1/4 × 6 1/4 × 10 1/4
12 5/8 × 7 1/8 × 11 20.0 44.1 1.60 3.53350 × 270 × 545 13 3/4 × 10 5/8 × 21 1/2Lower Compartment320 × 180 × 280
Lower Compartment260 × 160 × 260
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
Lower Compartment
or
or
or200 × 140 × 230
NEW !NEW !NEW !NEW !NEW !NEW !
NEW !
NEW !
NEW !
BIIN Backpack& Daypack series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
BIIN 50BIIN 59
215 x 115 x 285 250 x 230 x 335 9 7/8 x 9 x 13 1/48 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 11 1/4 4.0 8.8 0.54 1.19
290 x 140 x 200 320 x 240 x 440 12 5/8 x 9 1/2 x 17 3/811 3/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 7/8 5.5 12.1 0.76 1.68
Main compartment
98 99
Pampasseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Pampas 10Pampas 15Pampas 22Pampas 25
100 x 90 x 125 150 x 150 x 180 5 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/83 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.85 1.9 0.21 0.46
150 x 105 x 140 190 x 165 x 210 7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 1/45 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 1.3 2.7 0.285 0.63
220 x 110 x 180 275 x 170 x 255 10 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 108 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8 2.55 5.6 0.415 0.91
250 x 140 x 190 320 x 210 x 280 12 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 119 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/2 3.55 7.8 0.545 1.20
Main compartment
BIIN Sling bagseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
BIIN 37BIIN 47
190 x 130 x 170 230 x 210 x 320 9 x 8 1/4 x 12 5/87 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 6 3/4 3.5 7.7 0.45 0.99
190 x 130 x 250 230 x 210 x 380 9 x 8 1/4 x 157 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 9 7/8 4.5 9.9 0.56 1.23
2GOseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
2GO 102GO 152GO 222GO 25
100 x 90 x 125 140 x 115 x 210 5 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/43 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.885 2.0 0.220 0.48
145 x 105 x 140 180 x 130 x 215 7 1/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 1/45 3/4 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 1.30 2.9 0.235 0.52
220 x 110 x 180 265 x 150 x 250 10 3/8 x 5 7/8 x 9 7/88 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8 2.35 5.2 0.430 0.95
250 x 150 x 190 290 x 190 x 270 11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 10 5/89 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/2 3.2 7.1 0.535 1.18
2GO 12Z2GO 14Z
120 x 95 x 120 180 x 120 x 190 7 1/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/24 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 4 3/4 1.5 3.3 0.235 0.52
140 x 110 x 160 200 x 130 x 225 7 7/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 7/85 1/2 x 4 3/8 x 6 1/4 1.8 4.0 0.275 0.61
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Nivelo Bag 15Nivelo Bag 18
Nivelo Bagseries
150 x 105 x 140 190 x 135 x 160 7 1/2 x 5 3/8 x 6 1/45 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 1.3 2.87 0.25 0.55
180 x 105 x 160 220 x 135 x 180 8 5/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/87 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/4 1.8 3.97 0.29 0.64
BIIN Shoulder &Zoom bag series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
BIIN 10BIIN 14BIIN 17BIIN 21
100 x 90 x 125 150 x 140 x 180 5 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/83 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.9 1.98 0.17 0.37
100 x 90 x 125 180 x 135 x 185 7 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/45 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 1.3 2.87 0.195 0.43
170 x 80 x 110 220 x 145 x 165 8 5/8 x 5 3/4 x 6 1/26 3/4 x 3 1/8 x 4 3/8 1.8 3.97 0.215 0.47
210 x 110 x 180 250 x 170 x 235 9 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/48 1/4 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8 2.3 5.07 0.335 0.74
BIIN 25BIIN 12ZBIIN 14Z
250 x 120 x 180 290 x 190 x 240 11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 9 1/29 7/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/8 3.5 7.71 0.405 0.89
120 x 90 x 120 160 x 128 x 185 6 1/4 x 5 x 7 1/44 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 4 3/4 1.0 2.20 0.165 0.36
135 x 100 x 160 175 x 160 x 210 6 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 1/45 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 6 1/4 1.5 3.31 0.185 0.41
Main compartment
Supreme series Inside Dimensions (L x D x H) Outside Dimensions (L x D x H) Weight Max. Loading weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Supreme 27FSupreme 37FSupreme 38FSupreme 40FSupreme 46F
250 x 190 x 150 9 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 5 7/8 1.9 4.19 15 33
380 x 260 x 175 15 x 10 1/4 x 6 7/8 3.9 8.6 20 44
430 x 295 x 105 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 4 1/8 3.2 7.05 12 26
430 x 295 x 175 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 6 7/8 4.4 9.7 25 55
480 x 370 x 200 18 7/8 x 14 5/8 x 7 7/8
280 x 250 x 170 11 x 9 7/8 x 6 3/4
415 x 325 x 195 16 3/8 x 12 3/4 x 7 5/8
465 x 365 x 125 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 4 7/8
465 x 365 x 195 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 7 5/8
515 x 435 x 220 20 1/4 x 17 1/8 x 8 5/8 14.99 30 66
Supreme 53F 560 x 450 x 200 22 x 17 3/4 x 7 7/8
6.8
10.4 22.93 35 77630 x 520 x 240 24 3/4 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2
Divider Bag 27 270 x 140 x 125 8 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.34 0.75 15 33250 x 165 x 140 9 7/8 x 6 1/2 x 5 1/2
Divider Bag 37 345 x 205 x 150 13 5/8 x 8 1/8 x 5 7/8 0.75 1.65 20 44380 x 240 x 170 15 x 9 1/2 x 6 3/4
Divider Bag 40 395 x 245 x 150 15 1/2 x 9 5/8 x 5 7/8 0.9 1.98 12 26430 x 275 x 170 16 7/8 x 10 7/8 x 6 3/4
Divider Bag 46 445 x 325 x 175 17 1/2 x 12 3/4 x 6 7/8 1.34 2.95 25 55480 x 345 x 195 18 7/8 x 13 5/8 x 7 5/8
Divider Bag 53 535 x 400 x 175 21 1/8 x 15 3/4 x 6 7/8 1.65 3.64 30 66560 x 425 x 200 22 x 16 3/4 x 7 7/8
X-Pedition/VGP series Inside Dimensions (L x D x H) Outside Dimensions (L x D x H) Weight Max. Loading weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
X-Pedition 13SX-Pedition 13X-Pedition 35
VGP-31VGP-32
385 x 235 x 160 15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8 2.90 6.39 7 15.0
445 x 310 x 150 17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 6 3.60 7.93 10 22.0
530 x 340 x 185 20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4 5.30 11.68 15 33.0
340 x 200 x 235 13 3/8 x 7 7/8 x 9 1/4 3.23 7.12 7 15.0
390 x 235 x 310 15 3/8 x 9 1/4 x 12 1/4
405 x 255 x 170 16 x 10 x 6 3/4
465 x 330 x 160 18 3/8 x 13 x 6 3/8
550 x 360 x 200 21 3/4 x 14 1/8 x 7 7/8
360 x 220 x 245 14 1/8 x 8 5/8 x 9 5/8
410 x 255 x 320 16 1/4 x 10 x 12 5/8 9.41 10 22.0
VGP-33 505 x 245 x 345 19 7/8 x 9 5/8 x 13 5/8
4.27
5.54 12.21 15 33.0525 x 265 x 355 20 5/8 x 10 3/8 x 14
VGP-3200 220 x 175 x 85 8 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 7/8 1.10 2.42 3 6.6240 x 190 x 100 9 1/2 x 7 1/2 x 4
VGP-3201 285 x 175 x 85 11 1/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 3/8 1.25 2.76 5 11.0300 x 190 x 100 11 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 3 7/8
VGP-3202 315 x 245 x 115 12 3/8 x 9 5/8 x 4 1/2 1.88 4.14 8 18.0330 x 260 x 130 13 x 10 1/4 x 5 1/8
VGP-13S 385 x 235 x 160 15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8 2.63 5.80 8 18.0400 x 250 x 175 15 3/4 x 9 7/8 x 6 7/8
VGP-13 445 x 310 x 150 17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 6 3.18 7.01 10 22.0460 x 325 x 170 18 1/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4
VGP-300W 530 x 340 x 185 20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4 6.50 14.33 20 44.0545 x 355 x 205 21 1/2 x 14 x 8
VGP-310W 585 x 370 x 185 22 7/8 x 14 3/8 x 7 1/4 7.30 16.09 20 44.0600 x 380 x 205 23 1/2 x 15 x 8
Sydneyseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Sydney 18Sydney 22Sydney 27
180 x 105 x 170 400 x 175 x 220 15 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 8 5/87 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 3/4 2.2 4.9 0.635 1.40
220 x 110 x 200 410 x 180 x 280 16 1/8 x 7 1/8 x 118 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 7/8 3.2 7.0 0.70 1.54
270 x 120 x 230 480 x 190 x 300 18 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 11 3/410 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 9 4.1 9.0 0.875 1.93
Main compartment
100 101
Pampasseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Pampas 10Pampas 15Pampas 22Pampas 25
100 x 90 x 125 150 x 150 x 180 5 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/83 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.85 1.9 0.21 0.46
150 x 105 x 140 190 x 165 x 210 7 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 8 1/45 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 1.3 2.7 0.285 0.63
220 x 110 x 180 275 x 170 x 255 10 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 108 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8 2.55 5.6 0.415 0.91
250 x 140 x 190 320 x 210 x 280 12 5/8 x 8 1/4 x 119 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/2 3.55 7.8 0.545 1.20
Main compartment
BIIN Sling bagseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
BIIN 37BIIN 47
190 x 130 x 170 230 x 210 x 320 9 x 8 1/4 x 12 5/87 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 6 3/4 3.5 7.7 0.45 0.99
190 x 130 x 250 230 x 210 x 380 9 x 8 1/4 x 157 1/2 x 5 1/8 x 9 7/8 4.5 9.9 0.56 1.23
2GOseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
2GO 102GO 152GO 222GO 25
100 x 90 x 125 140 x 115 x 210 5 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 8 1/43 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.885 2.0 0.220 0.48
145 x 105 x 140 180 x 130 x 215 7 1/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 1/45 3/4 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 1.30 2.9 0.235 0.52
220 x 110 x 180 265 x 150 x 250 10 3/8 x 5 7/8 x 9 7/88 5/8 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8 2.35 5.2 0.430 0.95
250 x 150 x 190 290 x 190 x 270 11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 10 5/89 7/8 x 5 7/8 x 7 1/2 3.2 7.1 0.535 1.18
2GO 12Z2GO 14Z
120 x 95 x 120 180 x 120 x 190 7 1/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/24 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 4 3/4 1.5 3.3 0.235 0.52
140 x 110 x 160 200 x 130 x 225 7 7/8 x 5 1/8 x 8 7/85 1/2 x 4 3/8 x 6 1/4 1.8 4.0 0.275 0.61
Main compartment
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weight Main compartmentmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Nivelo Bag 15Nivelo Bag 18
Nivelo Bagseries
150 x 105 x 140 190 x 135 x 160 7 1/2 x 5 3/8 x 6 1/45 7/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 1.3 2.87 0.25 0.55
180 x 105 x 160 220 x 135 x 180 8 5/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/87 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 1/4 1.8 3.97 0.29 0.64
BIIN Shoulder &Zoom bag series
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
BIIN 10BIIN 14BIIN 17BIIN 21
100 x 90 x 125 150 x 140 x 180 5 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 7 1/83 7/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.9 1.98 0.17 0.37
100 x 90 x 125 180 x 135 x 185 7 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/45 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 4 7/8 1.3 2.87 0.195 0.43
170 x 80 x 110 220 x 145 x 165 8 5/8 x 5 3/4 x 6 1/26 3/4 x 3 1/8 x 4 3/8 1.8 3.97 0.215 0.47
210 x 110 x 180 250 x 170 x 235 9 7/8 x 6 3/4 x 9 1/48 1/4 x 4 3/8 x 7 1/8 2.3 5.07 0.335 0.74
BIIN 25BIIN 12ZBIIN 14Z
250 x 120 x 180 290 x 190 x 240 11 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 9 1/29 7/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 1/8 3.5 7.71 0.405 0.89
120 x 90 x 120 160 x 128 x 185 6 1/4 x 5 x 7 1/44 3/4 x 3 1/2 x 4 3/4 1.0 2.20 0.165 0.36
135 x 100 x 160 175 x 160 x 210 6 7/8 x 6 1/4 x 8 1/45 3/8 x 3 7/8 x 6 1/4 1.5 3.31 0.185 0.41
Main compartment
Supreme series Inside Dimensions (L x D x H) Outside Dimensions (L x D x H) Weight Max. Loading weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Supreme 27FSupreme 37FSupreme 38FSupreme 40FSupreme 46F
250 x 190 x 150 9 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 5 7/8 1.9 4.19 15 33
380 x 260 x 175 15 x 10 1/4 x 6 7/8 3.9 8.6 20 44
430 x 295 x 105 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 4 1/8 3.2 7.05 12 26
430 x 295 x 175 16 7/8 x 11 5/8 x 6 7/8 4.4 9.7 25 55
480 x 370 x 200 18 7/8 x 14 5/8 x 7 7/8
280 x 250 x 170 11 x 9 7/8 x 6 3/4
415 x 325 x 195 16 3/8 x 12 3/4 x 7 5/8
465 x 365 x 125 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 4 7/8
465 x 365 x 195 18 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 7 5/8
515 x 435 x 220 20 1/4 x 17 1/8 x 8 5/8 14.99 30 66
Supreme 53F 560 x 450 x 200 22 x 17 3/4 x 7 7/8
6.8
10.4 22.93 35 77630 x 520 x 240 24 3/4 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2
Divider Bag 27 270 x 140 x 125 8 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 7/8 0.34 0.75 15 33250 x 165 x 140 9 7/8 x 6 1/2 x 5 1/2
Divider Bag 37 345 x 205 x 150 13 5/8 x 8 1/8 x 5 7/8 0.75 1.65 20 44380 x 240 x 170 15 x 9 1/2 x 6 3/4
Divider Bag 40 395 x 245 x 150 15 1/2 x 9 5/8 x 5 7/8 0.9 1.98 12 26430 x 275 x 170 16 7/8 x 10 7/8 x 6 3/4
Divider Bag 46 445 x 325 x 175 17 1/2 x 12 3/4 x 6 7/8 1.34 2.95 25 55480 x 345 x 195 18 7/8 x 13 5/8 x 7 5/8
Divider Bag 53 535 x 400 x 175 21 1/8 x 15 3/4 x 6 7/8 1.65 3.64 30 66560 x 425 x 200 22 x 16 3/4 x 7 7/8
X-Pedition/VGP series Inside Dimensions (L x D x H) Outside Dimensions (L x D x H) Weight Max. Loading weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
X-Pedition 13SX-Pedition 13X-Pedition 35
VGP-31VGP-32
385 x 235 x 160 15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8 2.90 6.39 7 15.0
445 x 310 x 150 17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 6 3.60 7.93 10 22.0
530 x 340 x 185 20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4 5.30 11.68 15 33.0
340 x 200 x 235 13 3/8 x 7 7/8 x 9 1/4 3.23 7.12 7 15.0
390 x 235 x 310 15 3/8 x 9 1/4 x 12 1/4
405 x 255 x 170 16 x 10 x 6 3/4
465 x 330 x 160 18 3/8 x 13 x 6 3/8
550 x 360 x 200 21 3/4 x 14 1/8 x 7 7/8
360 x 220 x 245 14 1/8 x 8 5/8 x 9 5/8
410 x 255 x 320 16 1/4 x 10 x 12 5/8 9.41 10 22.0
VGP-33 505 x 245 x 345 19 7/8 x 9 5/8 x 13 5/8
4.27
5.54 12.21 15 33.0525 x 265 x 355 20 5/8 x 10 3/8 x 14
VGP-3200 220 x 175 x 85 8 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 7/8 1.10 2.42 3 6.6240 x 190 x 100 9 1/2 x 7 1/2 x 4
VGP-3201 285 x 175 x 85 11 1/4 x 6 7/8 x 3 3/8 1.25 2.76 5 11.0300 x 190 x 100 11 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 3 7/8
VGP-3202 315 x 245 x 115 12 3/8 x 9 5/8 x 4 1/2 1.88 4.14 8 18.0330 x 260 x 130 13 x 10 1/4 x 5 1/8
VGP-13S 385 x 235 x 160 15 1/8 x 9 1/4 x 6 3/8 2.63 5.80 8 18.0400 x 250 x 175 15 3/4 x 9 7/8 x 6 7/8
VGP-13 445 x 310 x 150 17 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 6 3.18 7.01 10 22.0460 x 325 x 170 18 1/8 x 12 3/4 x 6 3/4
VGP-300W 530 x 340 x 185 20 7/8 x 13 3/8 x 7 1/4 6.50 14.33 20 44.0545 x 355 x 205 21 1/2 x 14 x 8
VGP-310W 585 x 370 x 185 22 7/8 x 14 3/8 x 7 1/4 7.30 16.09 20 44.0600 x 380 x 205 23 1/2 x 15 x 8
Sydneyseries
Inside Dimensions (L x W x D) Outside Dimensions (L x W x D) Max. Loading Weightmm inches mm inches Kg lbs kg lbs
Sydney 18Sydney 22Sydney 27
180 x 105 x 170 400 x 175 x 220 15 3/4 x 6 7/8 x 8 5/87 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 6 3/4 2.2 4.9 0.635 1.40
220 x 110 x 200 410 x 180 x 280 16 1/8 x 7 1/8 x 118 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 7 7/8 3.2 7.0 0.70 1.54
270 x 120 x 230 480 x 190 x 300 18 7/8 x 7 1/2 x 11 3/410 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 9 4.1 9.0 0.875 1.93
Main compartment
100 101
70-200
mm 70-300
mm 18-135
mm 18-200
mm 18-55mm Bags
Skyborne 45Skyborne 48Skyborne 49Skyborne 51
UP-Rise 28UP-Rise 33
UP-Rise 43UP-Rise 45UP-Rise 46
UP-Rise 38UP-Rise 34
UP-Rise 22UP-Rise 48
Sydney 22Sydney 27
Outlawz 16ZOutlawz 17ZUP-Rise 15ZUP-Rise 16Z
The Heralder 28The Heralder 33The Heralder 38
Pampas 25ICS Lens 18ICS Lens 25
Adaptor 41Adaptor 45Adaptor 46Adaptor 48
Kinray 48Kinray 53
Kinray 43
Xcenior 30Xcenior 36Xcenior 41
Xcenior 41TXcenior 48TXcenior 62T
WITH AND
Prosumer camera
SIGMASD10SD14
SAMSUNGGX10GX20
OLYMPUSE1E300E330E30E3
PENTAXK-7K-5K10DK20D
PANASONICDMC-L1DMC-L10
CANON
NIKON
SONY
EOS20D30D40D50D5D7D5D Mark ll
D100D200D300D700D300sD7000
α700α900α500α550α580α450α77
WITH
Camera modelsCANONPowerShot A495,A490,A480, A1000IS, A1100IS,A2000IS,A2100IS, E1,SX200, SX210 IS,SX200 IS,S90,S95,SX230 HS,SX220 HS,A1200,A800,S100PANASONICDMC-ZS7,ZS5,ZS3,ZS1,TZ20,TZ10,TZ8,TS3,ZS10,ZS8,F300EXR,ZS8,ZS10,TZ18NIKON COOLPIX.L15,L16,L18,L19,L20,S9100, P300,AW100,S1200pj,S100,S8200
OLYMPUS FE-350 WIDE,FE-310,µ 1010,µ 1020,µ 9000
CASIO EX-G1,H20G,H20,FH100
RICOH CX5,CX4,CX3,CX2,CX1,R8,R10,Caplio GX100,Caplio GX200,GR DIGITAL,GR DIGITAL II,GR DIGITAL III,GR DIGITAL IVSAMSUNGWB500,WB550,WB600,WB650FUJIFILM FinePix F550EXR,F505EXR,F500EXR,F300EXR/305EXR,XP30,XP20/22PENTAXOptio WG-1/WG-1 GPS,RZ10,W90,RZ18KODAKC613,C703,C813,C195,C190,C183,C143,C142,SPORT
Bags
BIIN 6B
Chicago 6B
Isa 6BPampas 6B
Compatibilities Compatibilities
WITH AND
Pro cameraCANON1D Mark III1D Mark IV1Ds Mark III
NIKOND3D3XD3s
Bags 24-70mm18-200mm 70-300mm 70-200mm 300mm
Skyborne 45Skyborne 48
The Heralder 38The Heralder 33
Skyborne 51Skyborne 53
UP-Rise 33
UP-Rise 46UP-Rise 48
UP-Rise 38UP-Rise 45
Outlawz 16ZOutlawz 17ZUP-Rise 16Z
Skyborne 49
ICS Lens 18ICS Lens 25
Xcenior 41T
Xcenior 62TXcenior 48T
Xcenior 41Xcenior 36Xcenior 30
Kinray 48Kinray 53
WITH AND
Entry cameraCANONEOS300D350D400D450D1000D500D550D600D1100D
NIKOND40D40xD50D60D70D70sD80D90D5000D3000D3100D5100J1V1
SAMSUNGNX5NX10NX11NX100NX200
OLYMPUSE-P1E-P2E-PL1E-PL2E-PL1sE400E410E420E450E500E510E520E620PENTAXK10DK100DK20DK200DK-mK-xK-r
SONYNEX-3NEX-5NEX-5NNEX-7α33α55α65α200α230α300α330α350α380α290α390PANASONICDMC-G1GH1GF1GF2GH2DMC-G2DMC-G10
Bags
UP-Rise 15UP-Rise 18UP-Rise 22
UP-Rise 14ZAdpator 41
Adpator 48BIIN 37BIIN 47
Adpator 45Adpator 46
BIIN 59BIIN 50
BIIN 21BIIN 25
BIIN 14ZSydney 18Sydney 22Sydney 27
Pampas 15Pampas 22Pampas 25
Nivelo 15Nivelo 18
2GO 152GO 222GO 25
2GO 12Z2GO 14Z
ICS Bag 14
70-300mm
18-200mm
18-55mm
18-135mm
50mm
WITH
Camera modelsCASIO EX-Z80,Z85,Z70,Z700,Z75,Z750,Z77,Z60,Z600,Z65,Z5,Z500,Z200,Z250,Z1,Z100,Z1000,Z1200,Z150,S500,S600,S770,S880,S10,S12,FS10,Z90,E33,Z280,Z330,Z35,S7,S8,S6,S5,Z800,ZS10,ZS5,Z450,Z2,Z400,Z270,Z300,Z33,Z29,S9,
CANON IXUS 75 ,80IS,82IS,85IS,90IS, 95IS,100IS,120IS,130,115 HS,105,220 HS,
100HS, A3300 IS,A3200 IS, A2200
PANASONICDMC-FH5,FH2,FX68,FX66,FX60,FX48,FX40,F3,FH3,FH1,FP3,FP1,FS12,FX65,FP8,FX580,FX550,FS62,FS42,FS25,FS15,FS7,FS6,FS715,ZS3,FH7NIKON COOLPIX S210,S220,S230,S550,S570,S70,S640,S4000,S3100,S4100,S80, S6000, S5100, S2500, S3000, S70,S6200,S4150OLYMPUS FE-340,360,3010,5030,4040,4020,4030,µ 1040, mju 5010,VG-120,130,110,140,145 Stylus-5010,7040,7030,T100SONYDSC-W120,W130,T2,T70,W220,W230,T700,T77,T900,T99,T90,WX1, TX1,W310,W320,W330,W350,W380,TX5,TX9,TX100V,T110,TX10,HX7V,WX10,WX9,WX7,WX5,WX390,WX380,W570,W530,W510,J10,TX55,WX30SAMSUNGP800,P1000,L100,L200,L210,L201,i8,i100,NV20,NV30,NV40,NV4,NV100HD,TL225,TL220,CL65/ST1000,PL10/CL5,ST10,TL100/ST50,PL100, ST80,ST60,ST70,PL80, ES30,ES75,ES-73,ES70, ES65,ES25,ST5000,AQ100/WP10,SH100,PL90,PL20,ST700, PL170,PL120, ST30,ST65,ST90, ST95,ST6500,SL600,SL50,SL605,ST93,MV800FUJIFILM FinePix J10,J15,J100,J110W,J120,J150W,J20,J250,A100,A150,Z10fd,Z20fd,Z100fd,Z200fd,Z33WP,Z300,J26/27,J30/35/38,Z700/Z707EXR,Z90/Z91,Z80/Z81,Z70/Z71,Z35,XP10,JX400/JX405,JX350/JX355,JX300/JX305,JX250,JX200/JX205,JX250/JX255,JV150,JV100/JV105, J30/J35,J27/J26,A220/A225
Bags
Isa 5BDakar 5BCardiff 5B
BIIN 5BMalmö 6CBeneto 6CSeattle 6C
Camera modelsCASIO EX-V8,V7,Z10,Z110,Z120,Z850,Z1050,Z300,Z270,Z400,FC100,H10,Z450,H10,FH100,H15,Z550,H30,H5,Z16,Z37,Z35,Z2300,Z2000,Z550,Z350,S200,ZR100,ZR10,FC150,FC100,CANON IXUS 110IS,860IS,870IS,950IS,960IS,970IS,980IS,990IS,200IS,210,230 HS,300 HS,500 HS,1000 HS, 1100 HS,310 HS, A3000,A3100 IS,A1200 ISPANASONIC DMC-ZR3,ZR1,FH27,FH25,FP7,FP5,S3,S1,FX77,FX75,FX700,FH22,FT3,FT1,TS-2,TS1,LS85,ZX1,FS11,FS10,FS33,FS30,FT2,ZX3,FH1,FH3,FH20,TS10,EX-H30,EX-ZR100,S3,S1,FX78,TZ18NIKON COOLPIX.S50C,S51c,S52c,S60,S500,S510,S520,S560,S600,S610c,S620,S630,S700,S710,S1000pj,S8000,L23,L22,L21,S6100,L24,S1100pj,S8100,S6150
OLYMPUS FE-370,FE-5000,µ 840,µ 850sw,µ 1030sw,µ 1050sw,µ 1060,µ 5000,µ 7000,µ 6000,µ 8000,µ 7020,µ 7010,µ 6010,FE-46,FE-26,FE-4000,FE-5020,mju TOUCH 3000,mju 9010,mju 7040,mju 7030 ,FE-47,FE-26,FE-46,Stylus TOUGH-6020,Stylus TOUGH-8010,Stylus TOUGH-3000,VR-330,VR-320,VR-310,TG-810,TG610,TG310
SAMSUNG D860,S860,S760,S1060,S1070,NV9,NV24HD,NV100HD,L310W,i80,SL202,SL620,SL802,WB650,WB600,WB100,WB2000,WB1000,ES60,ES17,PL200,PL150,PL55,PL70/SL720,IT100/SL820,PL65/SL620/PL60/SL202,ES15/SL30,ES28,ES55/SL102,ES10,ES15,TL350,ST600,ST100,ST5500,ST5000,WB210,WB700,WB750,ST30,ST6500,PL210,ES80
SONY DSC-T500,S750,S780,W150,W170,W300,W290,S980,S950,S930,W180,W210,W270,W190,HX-5,S2100,W370,H55,HX7
FUJIFILM FinePix A850,Z30,F50fd,F60fd,F100fd,F200EXR,Z35,Z37,A175/170,A225/220,F75EXR/F70EXR,F80EXR/F85EXR,Z800EXR/Z808EXR,Z900EXR, XP10/XP11,T300/T305,T200/T205,JZ500/JZ505,JZ300/JZ305,AX380/AX385,AX350/AX355,AX330/AX335,AX300/AX305,AX250,AX200/AX205,AV280/AV285,AV250/AV255,AV230/AV235,AV200/AV205,AV150,AV100/AV105,Z950 EXR
Camera modelsCANON PowerShot A650IS,SX100IS,SX150 IS,G9,G10,G11,SX120IS,SX130IS,D10,G12NIKON COOLPIX P7000, P7100RICOH G700SE,G700
Bags
Chicago 8ICS Bag 8
Bags
Isa 6APampas 6ACardiff 6ADakar 6ABIIN 6A
102 103
Bags
Chicago 8ICS Bag 8
Pampas 102GO 10BIIN 10
Pampas 15Nivelo 15
BIIN 14UP-Rise 15
2GO 15UP-Rise 18
Nivelo 18
2GO 12ZBIIN 12Z
Interchangeable-lens camera
Best compatibleCompatible
WITH AND
Pancake Standard/wide-angle zoom
Pancake+standard/wide-angle zoom
Pancake+standard/wide-angle zoom+Medium telephoto/telephoto zoom
Sony 16mm f/2.8 | Olympus 17mm f/2.8 | Panasonic 14mm f/2.5, 20mm f/1.7 | Samsung 20mm, 30mmPentax-01 Standard Prime | Pentax-04 Toy Lens Wide | Pentax-05 Toy Lens Tele Photo | Nikon 1 Nikkor 10mm f/2.8Olympus 45mm F1.8 | Sony 30mm f/3.5, 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6, 50mm f/1.8 | Samsung 18-55mm, 20-50mm | Pentax-02 Standard ZoomOlympus 12mm f/2.0, 14-42mm f/3.5-5.6, 14-42mm f/3.5-5.6 Ⅱ, 9-18mm f/4.0-5.6 | Panasonic 14-45mm f/3.5-5.6, 45mm f/2.8, 7-14mm f/4.0Sony 24mm f/1.8 ZA | Pentax-03 Fish Eye | Nikon 1 Nikkor 10-30mm f/3.5-5.6
Sony 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3, 55-210mm f/4.5-6.3 | Olympus 75-300mm f/4.8-6.7 | Panasonic 45-200mm f/4.0-5.6, 100-300mm f/4.0-5.6Samsung 50-200mm, 18-200mm | Nikon 1 Nikkor 10-100mm f/4.5-5.6
Olympus 40-150mm f/4.0-5.6, 14-150mm f/4.0-5.6 | Panasonic 14-140mm f/4.0-5.8Samsung 60mm f/2.8 | Nikon 1 Nikkor 30-110mm f//3.8-5.6
Pancake
Standard zoomWide-angle zoom
Medium telephoto zoom
Telephoto zoom
SonyNEX-5NEX-C3NEX-3NEX-5NNEX-7
OlympusE-P1E-P2E-P3E -PL1E-PL2E-PL3E-PL1sE-PM1
PanasonicGF1GF2GF3Samsung
NX100NX200
PentaxPentax Q
NikonJ1V1
70-200
mm 70-300
mm 18-135
mm 18-200
mm 18-55mm Bags
Skyborne 45Skyborne 48Skyborne 49Skyborne 51
UP-Rise 28UP-Rise 33
UP-Rise 43UP-Rise 45UP-Rise 46
UP-Rise 38UP-Rise 34
UP-Rise 22UP-Rise 48
Sydney 22Sydney 27
Outlawz 16ZOutlawz 17ZUP-Rise 15ZUP-Rise 16Z
The Heralder 28The Heralder 33The Heralder 38
Pampas 25ICS Lens 18ICS Lens 25
Adaptor 41Adaptor 45Adaptor 46Adaptor 48
Kinray 48Kinray 53
Kinray 43
Xcenior 30Xcenior 36Xcenior 41
Xcenior 41TXcenior 48TXcenior 62T
WITH AND
Prosumer camera
SIGMASD10SD14
SAMSUNGGX10GX20
OLYMPUSE1E300E330E30E3
PENTAXK-7K-5K10DK20D
PANASONICDMC-L1DMC-L10
CANON
NIKON
SONY
EOS20D30D40D50D5D7D5D Mark ll
D100D200D300D700D300sD7000
α700α900α500α550α580α450α77
WITH
Camera modelsCANONPowerShot A495,A490,A480, A1000IS, A1100IS,A2000IS,A2100IS, E1,SX200, SX210 IS,SX200 IS,S90,S95,SX230 HS,SX220 HS,A1200,A800,S100PANASONICDMC-ZS7,ZS5,ZS3,ZS1,TZ20,TZ10,TZ8,TS3,ZS10,ZS8,F300EXR,ZS8,ZS10,TZ18NIKON COOLPIX.L15,L16,L18,L19,L20,S9100, P300,AW100,S1200pj,S100,S8200
OLYMPUS FE-350 WIDE,FE-310,µ 1010,µ 1020,µ 9000
CASIO EX-G1,H20G,H20,FH100
RICOH CX5,CX4,CX3,CX2,CX1,R8,R10,Caplio GX100,Caplio GX200,GR DIGITAL,GR DIGITAL II,GR DIGITAL III,GR DIGITAL IVSAMSUNGWB500,WB550,WB600,WB650FUJIFILM FinePix F550EXR,F505EXR,F500EXR,F300EXR/305EXR,XP30,XP20/22PENTAXOptio WG-1/WG-1 GPS,RZ10,W90,RZ18KODAKC613,C703,C813,C195,C190,C183,C143,C142,SPORT
Bags
BIIN 6B
Chicago 6B
Isa 6BPampas 6B
Compatibilities Compatibilities
WITH AND
Pro cameraCANON1D Mark III1D Mark IV1Ds Mark III
NIKOND3D3XD3s
Bags 24-70mm18-200mm 70-300mm 70-200mm 300mm
Skyborne 45Skyborne 48
The Heralder 38The Heralder 33
Skyborne 51Skyborne 53
UP-Rise 33
UP-Rise 46UP-Rise 48
UP-Rise 38UP-Rise 45
Outlawz 16ZOutlawz 17ZUP-Rise 16Z
Skyborne 49
ICS Lens 18ICS Lens 25
Xcenior 41T
Xcenior 62TXcenior 48T
Xcenior 41Xcenior 36Xcenior 30
Kinray 48Kinray 53
WITH AND
Entry cameraCANONEOS300D350D400D450D1000D500D550D600D1100D
NIKOND40D40xD50D60D70D70sD80D90D5000D3000D3100D5100J1V1
SAMSUNGNX5NX10NX11NX100NX200
OLYMPUSE-P1E-P2E-PL1E-PL2E-PL1sE400E410E420E450E500E510E520E620PENTAXK10DK100DK20DK200DK-mK-xK-r
SONYNEX-3NEX-5NEX-5NNEX-7α33α55α65α200α230α300α330α350α380α290α390PANASONICDMC-G1GH1GF1GF2GH2DMC-G2DMC-G10
Bags
UP-Rise 15UP-Rise 18UP-Rise 22
UP-Rise 14ZAdpator 41
Adpator 48BIIN 37BIIN 47
Adpator 45Adpator 46
BIIN 59BIIN 50
BIIN 21BIIN 25
BIIN 14ZSydney 18Sydney 22Sydney 27
Pampas 15Pampas 22Pampas 25
Nivelo 15Nivelo 18
2GO 152GO 222GO 25
2GO 12Z2GO 14Z
ICS Bag 14
70-300mm
18-200mm
18-55mm
18-135mm
50mm
WITH
Camera modelsCASIO EX-Z80,Z85,Z70,Z700,Z75,Z750,Z77,Z60,Z600,Z65,Z5,Z500,Z200,Z250,Z1,Z100,Z1000,Z1200,Z150,S500,S600,S770,S880,S10,S12,FS10,Z90,E33,Z280,Z330,Z35,S7,S8,S6,S5,Z800,ZS10,ZS5,Z450,Z2,Z400,Z270,Z300,Z33,Z29,S9,
CANON IXUS 75 ,80IS,82IS,85IS,90IS, 95IS,100IS,120IS,130,115 HS,105,220 HS,
100HS, A3300 IS,A3200 IS, A2200
PANASONICDMC-FH5,FH2,FX68,FX66,FX60,FX48,FX40,F3,FH3,FH1,FP3,FP1,FS12,FX65,FP8,FX580,FX550,FS62,FS42,FS25,FS15,FS7,FS6,FS715,ZS3,FH7NIKON COOLPIX S210,S220,S230,S550,S570,S70,S640,S4000,S3100,S4100,S80, S6000, S5100, S2500, S3000, S70,S6200,S4150OLYMPUS FE-340,360,3010,5030,4040,4020,4030,µ 1040, mju 5010,VG-120,130,110,140,145 Stylus-5010,7040,7030,T100SONYDSC-W120,W130,T2,T70,W220,W230,T700,T77,T900,T99,T90,WX1, TX1,W310,W320,W330,W350,W380,TX5,TX9,TX100V,T110,TX10,HX7V,WX10,WX9,WX7,WX5,WX390,WX380,W570,W530,W510,J10,TX55,WX30SAMSUNGP800,P1000,L100,L200,L210,L201,i8,i100,NV20,NV30,NV40,NV4,NV100HD,TL225,TL220,CL65/ST1000,PL10/CL5,ST10,TL100/ST50,PL100, ST80,ST60,ST70,PL80, ES30,ES75,ES-73,ES70, ES65,ES25,ST5000,AQ100/WP10,SH100,PL90,PL20,ST700, PL170,PL120, ST30,ST65,ST90, ST95,ST6500,SL600,SL50,SL605,ST93,MV800FUJIFILM FinePix J10,J15,J100,J110W,J120,J150W,J20,J250,A100,A150,Z10fd,Z20fd,Z100fd,Z200fd,Z33WP,Z300,J26/27,J30/35/38,Z700/Z707EXR,Z90/Z91,Z80/Z81,Z70/Z71,Z35,XP10,JX400/JX405,JX350/JX355,JX300/JX305,JX250,JX200/JX205,JX250/JX255,JV150,JV100/JV105, J30/J35,J27/J26,A220/A225
Bags
Isa 5BDakar 5BCardiff 5B
BIIN 5BMalmö 6CBeneto 6CSeattle 6C
Camera modelsCASIO EX-V8,V7,Z10,Z110,Z120,Z850,Z1050,Z300,Z270,Z400,FC100,H10,Z450,H10,FH100,H15,Z550,H30,H5,Z16,Z37,Z35,Z2300,Z2000,Z550,Z350,S200,ZR100,ZR10,FC150,FC100,CANON IXUS 110IS,860IS,870IS,950IS,960IS,970IS,980IS,990IS,200IS,210,230 HS,300 HS,500 HS,1000 HS, 1100 HS,310 HS, A3000,A3100 IS,A1200 ISPANASONIC DMC-ZR3,ZR1,FH27,FH25,FP7,FP5,S3,S1,FX77,FX75,FX700,FH22,FT3,FT1,TS-2,TS1,LS85,ZX1,FS11,FS10,FS33,FS30,FT2,ZX3,FH1,FH3,FH20,TS10,EX-H30,EX-ZR100,S3,S1,FX78,TZ18NIKON COOLPIX.S50C,S51c,S52c,S60,S500,S510,S520,S560,S600,S610c,S620,S630,S700,S710,S1000pj,S8000,L23,L22,L21,S6100,L24,S1100pj,S8100,S6150
OLYMPUS FE-370,FE-5000,µ 840,µ 850sw,µ 1030sw,µ 1050sw,µ 1060,µ 5000,µ 7000,µ 6000,µ 8000,µ 7020,µ 7010,µ 6010,FE-46,FE-26,FE-4000,FE-5020,mju TOUCH 3000,mju 9010,mju 7040,mju 7030 ,FE-47,FE-26,FE-46,Stylus TOUGH-6020,Stylus TOUGH-8010,Stylus TOUGH-3000,VR-330,VR-320,VR-310,TG-810,TG610,TG310
SAMSUNG D860,S860,S760,S1060,S1070,NV9,NV24HD,NV100HD,L310W,i80,SL202,SL620,SL802,WB650,WB600,WB100,WB2000,WB1000,ES60,ES17,PL200,PL150,PL55,PL70/SL720,IT100/SL820,PL65/SL620/PL60/SL202,ES15/SL30,ES28,ES55/SL102,ES10,ES15,TL350,ST600,ST100,ST5500,ST5000,WB210,WB700,WB750,ST30,ST6500,PL210,ES80
SONY DSC-T500,S750,S780,W150,W170,W300,W290,S980,S950,S930,W180,W210,W270,W190,HX-5,S2100,W370,H55,HX7
FUJIFILM FinePix A850,Z30,F50fd,F60fd,F100fd,F200EXR,Z35,Z37,A175/170,A225/220,F75EXR/F70EXR,F80EXR/F85EXR,Z800EXR/Z808EXR,Z900EXR, XP10/XP11,T300/T305,T200/T205,JZ500/JZ505,JZ300/JZ305,AX380/AX385,AX350/AX355,AX330/AX335,AX300/AX305,AX250,AX200/AX205,AV280/AV285,AV250/AV255,AV230/AV235,AV200/AV205,AV150,AV100/AV105,Z950 EXR
Camera modelsCANON PowerShot A650IS,SX100IS,SX150 IS,G9,G10,G11,SX120IS,SX130IS,D10,G12NIKON COOLPIX P7000, P7100RICOH G700SE,G700
Bags
Chicago 8ICS Bag 8
Bags
Isa 6APampas 6ACardiff 6ADakar 6ABIIN 6A
102 103
Bags
Chicago 8ICS Bag 8
Pampas 102GO 10BIIN 10
Pampas 15Nivelo 15
BIIN 14UP-Rise 15
2GO 15UP-Rise 18
Nivelo 18
2GO 12ZBIIN 12Z
Interchangeable-lens camera
Best compatibleCompatible
WITH AND
Pancake Standard/wide-angle zoom
Pancake+standard/wide-angle zoom
Pancake+standard/wide-angle zoom+Medium telephoto/telephoto zoom
Sony 16mm f/2.8 | Olympus 17mm f/2.8 | Panasonic 14mm f/2.5, 20mm f/1.7 | Samsung 20mm, 30mmPentax-01 Standard Prime | Pentax-04 Toy Lens Wide | Pentax-05 Toy Lens Tele Photo | Nikon 1 Nikkor 10mm f/2.8Olympus 45mm F1.8 | Sony 30mm f/3.5, 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6, 50mm f/1.8 | Samsung 18-55mm, 20-50mm | Pentax-02 Standard ZoomOlympus 12mm f/2.0, 14-42mm f/3.5-5.6, 14-42mm f/3.5-5.6 Ⅱ, 9-18mm f/4.0-5.6 | Panasonic 14-45mm f/3.5-5.6, 45mm f/2.8, 7-14mm f/4.0Sony 24mm f/1.8 ZA | Pentax-03 Fish Eye | Nikon 1 Nikkor 10-30mm f/3.5-5.6
Sony 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3, 55-210mm f/4.5-6.3 | Olympus 75-300mm f/4.8-6.7 | Panasonic 45-200mm f/4.0-5.6, 100-300mm f/4.0-5.6Samsung 50-200mm, 18-200mm | Nikon 1 Nikkor 10-100mm f/4.5-5.6
Olympus 40-150mm f/4.0-5.6, 14-150mm f/4.0-5.6 | Panasonic 14-140mm f/4.0-5.8Samsung 60mm f/2.8 | Nikon 1 Nikkor 30-110mm f//3.8-5.6
Pancake
Standard zoomWide-angle zoom
Medium telephoto zoom
Telephoto zoom
SonyNEX-5NEX-C3NEX-3NEX-5NNEX-7
OlympusE-P1E-P2E-P3E -PL1E-PL2E-PL3E-PL1sE-PM1
PanasonicGF1GF2GF3Samsung
NX100NX200
PentaxPentax Q
NikonJ1V1
OPTICS
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
OPTICS
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
Endeavor ED seriesBinoculars
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
842 mm
7.0°|8.2 feet
|367
|6 x 5 1/8
2.5 m
122
154 x 130730 g|25.8 oz
58~74
19 mm
Endeavor ED 8420
1042 mm
6.5°|
|
|
2.5 m
114
154 x 130730 g |
8.2 feet
340
6 x 5 1/8
25.8 oz58~74
16.5 mm
Endeavor ED 1042
8.545 mm
6.5°| 8.2 feet
| 340
| 6 1/4 x 5 1/8
2.5 m
114
159 x 130770 g | 27.2 oz
58.5~73
19 mm
Endeavor ED 8545
10.545 mm
6.0°|
105|314
|
3.0 m
156 x 130760 g|
9.8 feet
6 1/8 x 5 1/8
26.8 oz58.5~73
17 mm
Endeavor ED 1045
FEATURES
Endeavor ED Light Waves•
Advanced Light Transmission and Advanced Coatings
• Without coatings
Chromatic aberration haloPRISMLIGHT
STANDARD GLASS
PRISMSTANDARD GLASS
PRISM
DISPERSION
DISPERSIONMINIMIZED
LIGHT
Advanced coatings
ED glass effectively reduces color dispersion
and enhances color resolution and contrast.
Different light wavelengths do not
come to the same point after passing the lens. ED
glass helps to correct this problem. As a result,
the image will be sharper.
• 3 stage twist out eyecups with long eye relief• Position locking diopter ring
• Open bridge design
• Optional Tripod Adapter
● Large objective lens with enhanced edge-to-edge view quality
● 3 stage twist out eyecups with long eye relief● Position locking diopter ring● Open bridge design● Large focus adjustment wheel● Can be attached to a binocular-tripod adapter
(sold separately, See p.121)● BaK4 phase-coated prisms● Soft rubber armor with unique texture● Ergonomic thumb / finger rest for more
comfortable holding● Waterproof and fogproof to take on challenging
weather conditions● Fully multi-coated lenses
• Endeavor ED 1042
P2 Phase coating
Anti-reflection
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
Expect vivid viewing to the extreme, because there’s nothing typical about top-of-the-line Endeavor ED binocu-lars. They deliver sharpness and clarity like never before with exceptional light transmission and remarkable color resolution and contrast. Other features include an ergonomic, open-bridge design for comfortable use, wide view angle, BaK4 roof prisms, anti-reflection coating, large focus adjustment wheel and long eye relief. The magic
behind its performance lies in the premium ED glass, which reduces color dispersion to provide high-resolution colors and clarity.
Endeavor ED has BaK4 roof prisms and special lens coatings for unbelievable quality. Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed, Endeavor ED is waterproof and fogproof to take on challenging weather conditions.
106 107
Endeavor ED seriesBinoculars
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
842 mm
7.0°|8.2 feet
|367
|6 x 5 1/8
2.5 m
122
154 x 130730 g|25.8 oz
58~74
19 mm
Endeavor ED 8420
1042 mm
6.5°|
|
|
2.5 m
114
154 x 130730 g |
8.2 feet
340
6 x 5 1/8
25.8 oz58~74
16.5 mm
Endeavor ED 1042
8.545 mm
6.5°| 8.2 feet
| 340
| 6 1/4 x 5 1/8
2.5 m
114
159 x 130770 g | 27.2 oz
58.5~73
19 mm
Endeavor ED 8545
10.545 mm
6.0°|
105|314
|
3.0 m
156 x 130760 g|
9.8 feet
6 1/8 x 5 1/8
26.8 oz58.5~73
17 mm
Endeavor ED 1045
FEATURES
Endeavor ED Light Waves•
Advanced Light Transmission and Advanced Coatings
• Without coatings
Chromatic aberration haloPRISMLIGHT
STANDARD GLASS
PRISMSTANDARD GLASS
PRISM
DISPERSION
DISPERSIONMINIMIZED
LIGHT
Advanced coatings
ED glass effectively reduces color dispersion
and enhances color resolution and contrast.
Different light wavelengths do not
come to the same point after passing the lens. ED
glass helps to correct this problem. As a result,
the image will be sharper.
• 3 stage twist out eyecups with long eye relief• Position locking diopter ring
• Open bridge design
• Optional Tripod Adapter
● Large objective lens with enhanced edge-to-edge view quality
● 3 stage twist out eyecups with long eye relief● Position locking diopter ring● Open bridge design● Large focus adjustment wheel● Can be attached to a binocular-tripod adapter
(sold separately, See p.121)● BaK4 phase-coated prisms● Soft rubber armor with unique texture● Ergonomic thumb / finger rest for more
comfortable holding● Waterproof and fogproof to take on challenging
weather conditions● Fully multi-coated lenses
• Endeavor ED 1042
P2 Phase coating
Anti-reflection
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
Expect vivid viewing to the extreme, because there’s nothing typical about top-of-the-line Endeavor ED binocu-lars. They deliver sharpness and clarity like never before with exceptional light transmission and remarkable color resolution and contrast. Other features include an ergonomic, open-bridge design for comfortable use, wide view angle, BaK4 roof prisms, anti-reflection coating, large focus adjustment wheel and long eye relief. The magic
behind its performance lies in the premium ED glass, which reduces color dispersion to provide high-resolution colors and clarity.
Endeavor ED has BaK4 roof prisms and special lens coatings for unbelievable quality. Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed, Endeavor ED is waterproof and fogproof to take on challenging weather conditions.
106 107
Spirit ED 8420 Spirit ED 1042
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
842 mm
6.3°|
|
|
2.5 m
110
145 x 125640 g|
8.2 feet
330
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
22.6 oz55~75
19 mm
1042 mm
6.0°|
|
|
2.8 m
105
145 x 125640 g |
9.2 feet
314
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
22.6 oz55~75
16 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Spirit ED 8360
836 mm
7.0°2.0 m|
122|
125 x 120|530 g|
6.6 feet
367
4 7/8 x 4 3/4
18.7 oz55~75
17 mm
• Spirit ED 1042
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
P2 Phase coatingAnti-reflection
Spirit ED’s light transmission of up to 90 percent results in a near-perfect viewing experi-ence. Its advanced lens and prism design with ED glass means you’ll get up-close and personal with nature, unveiling details in a way you never thought possible.
Binoculars
Spirit ED series
Spirit ED boasts user-friendly features, too. With a lightweight, comfortable-to-hold body design, twist-out eyecups for long eye relief and large focus adjustment wheel. And it’s 100 percent waterproof, so the weather will never slow you down. ©
Pet
e Web
b - w
ww.p
etew
ebb.
com
108 109
ED glass effectively reduces color dispersion and enhances color
resolution and contrast. Different light wavelengths do not come to the same point after passing the
lens. ED glass helps to correct this problem. As a result, the
image will be sharper.
Spirit ED Light Waves•
Enhanced Observation with Special Coatings and Lightweight, Ergonomic Design
•
Without coatings
Chromatic aberration haloPRISMLIGHT
STANDARD GLASS
EXTRA-LOW DISPERSION
PRISMSTANDARD GLASS
PRISM
DISPERSION
DISPERSIONMINIMIZED
LIGHT
Advanced coatings
• Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:fogproof and waterproof
• Twist-out eyecups with long eye relief
Optional Tripod Adapter
● Large focus adjustment wheel● Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:
fogproof and waterproof● Twist-out eyecups with long eye relief● Can be attached to a binocular-tripod
adapter (sold separately, See p.121)● Ergonomic grip with thumb rest● Soft rubber armor with unique texture● Fully multi-coated lenses● BaK4 phase-coated prisms
FEATURES
Spirit ED 8420 Spirit ED 1042
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
842 mm
6.3°|
|
|
2.5 m
110
145 x 125640 g|
8.2 feet
330
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
22.6 oz55~75
19 mm
1042 mm
6.0°|
|
|
2.8 m
105
145 x 125640 g |
9.2 feet
314
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
22.6 oz55~75
16 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Spirit ED 8360
836 mm
7.0°2.0 m|
122|
125 x 120|530 g|
6.6 feet
367
4 7/8 x 4 3/4
18.7 oz55~75
17 mm
• Spirit ED 1042
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
P2 Phase coatingAnti-reflection
Spirit ED’s light transmission of up to 90 percent results in a near-perfect viewing experi-ence. Its advanced lens and prism design with ED glass means you’ll get up-close and personal with nature, unveiling details in a way you never thought possible.
Binoculars
Spirit ED series
Spirit ED boasts user-friendly features, too. With a lightweight, comfortable-to-hold body design, twist-out eyecups for long eye relief and large focus adjustment wheel. And it’s 100 percent waterproof, so the weather will never slow you down. ©
Pet
e Web
b - w
ww.p
etew
ebb.
com
108 109
ED glass effectively reduces color dispersion and enhances color
resolution and contrast. Different light wavelengths do not come to the same point after passing the
lens. ED glass helps to correct this problem. As a result, the
image will be sharper.
Spirit ED Light Waves•
Enhanced Observation with Special Coatings and Lightweight, Ergonomic Design
•
Without coatings
Chromatic aberration haloPRISMLIGHT
STANDARD GLASS
EXTRA-LOW DISPERSION
PRISMSTANDARD GLASS
PRISM
DISPERSION
DISPERSIONMINIMIZED
LIGHT
Advanced coatings
• Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:fogproof and waterproof
• Twist-out eyecups with long eye relief
Optional Tripod Adapter
● Large focus adjustment wheel● Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:
fogproof and waterproof● Twist-out eyecups with long eye relief● Can be attached to a binocular-tripod
adapter (sold separately, See p.121)● Ergonomic grip with thumb rest● Soft rubber armor with unique texture● Fully multi-coated lenses● BaK4 phase-coated prisms
FEATURES
FEATURES● Twist-out eyecup/Long eye relief/Smooth
motion diopter ring● Large focus adjustment wheel● Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:
fogproof and waterproof● Can be attached to a binocular-tripod
adapter (sold separately, See p.121)● Ergonomic grip with thumb rest● Soft rubber armor with unique texture● Fully multi-coated lenses● BaK4 phase-coated prisms
Enhanced Observation with Special Coatings
and Lightweight, Ergonomic Design
•
• Advanced Lens Coatings for Enhanced Light Transmission
The Emerald coating is applied to the objective lenses to filter color separations and provide brighter and clearer images when viewing outdoors.
P2 Phase coating
The BaK4 prisms are treated with VANGUARD’s exclusive P2 phase coating to provide crystal clear images and resolution in any situation.
Normal coatings Special coatings
• Twist-out eyecup/Long eye relief/Smooth motion diopter ring
• Large focus adjustment wheel
FEATURES● Lightweight and compact● Multiple-position eyecups ● Long eye-relief ● Non-slip and extreme rubber armor
• Edge-to-edge clarity, high-contrast imagesand brilliant color reproduction
• Nitrogen-charged ando-ring sealed - 100%
waterproof and fogproof• Lightweight, open-bridge body design
• Long eye relief: twisted eyecups and smooth motion diopter ring
Spirit Plus 8360 Spirit Plus 8420 Spirit Plus 1042
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
836 mm
7.0°2.0 m |6.6 feet
122|367
125 x 120|4 7/8 x 4 3/4
530 g|18.7 oz55~75
17 mm
842 mm
6.3°2.5 m|8.2 feet
110|330
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.2 oz55~75
19 mm
1042 mm
6.0°2.5 m|8.2 feet
105|314
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.2 oz55~75
16 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Spirit XF 1042
1042 mm
6.35°2.1 m| 6.9 feet
111| 332
150 x 130| 5 7/8 x 5 1/8
665 g| 23.46 oz57~74
16 mm
Spirit XF 8420
842 mm
7.8°2.1 m|6.9 feet
136|409
150 x 130|5 7/8 x 5 1/8
700 g|24.69 oz57~74
20 mm
• Spirit Plus 1042
• Spirit XF 8420
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
LimitedLifetimeWarranty NEW
P2 Phase coating P2 Phase coating
VANGUARD Spirit Plus binoculars offer advanced quality with superior design and technical features, including BaK4 Roof prisms. It combines premium coatings and a solid construction to offer versatility never before introduced to the market.
Patented Spirit Plus binoculars are weather resistant, ensuring continuously dry lenses and a clear view even under the most extreme conditions with rain, snow or fog. Fully multi-coated lenses provide bright, crisp viewing with enhanced color contrast and true color reproduction. Spirit Plus is all about comfort, with long eye relief (up to 19 mm) and an ergonomic grip with thumb rest, so there’s no worry about it slipping from your hands. Its Emerald coating provides the most vivid and natural spectrum of color tones.
Spirit XF binoculars outshine other optics in its price class. Spirit XF offers outstanding image quality, weather resist-ance and user-friendly features! Expect edge-to-edge clarity, high-contrast images and brilliant color reproduction thanks to its BaK4 porro prisms and lens coatings. 100% water-proof and fogproof, Spirit XF is made to take on the outdoors and challenging weather with textured rubber armor for a secure grip and shock resistance. Compact and lightweight, Spirit XF has a unique open bridge body design so it’s lightweight, compact and comfortable to hold without tire.
Binoculars
Spirit Plus series Spirit XF seriesBinoculars
110 111
FEATURES● Twist-out eyecup/Long eye relief/Smooth
motion diopter ring● Large focus adjustment wheel● Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:
fogproof and waterproof● Can be attached to a binocular-tripod
adapter (sold separately, See p.121)● Ergonomic grip with thumb rest● Soft rubber armor with unique texture● Fully multi-coated lenses● BaK4 phase-coated prisms
Enhanced Observation with Special Coatings
and Lightweight, Ergonomic Design
•
• Advanced Lens Coatings for Enhanced Light Transmission
The Emerald coating is applied to the objective lenses to filter color separations and provide brighter and clearer images when viewing outdoors.
P2 Phase coating
The BaK4 prisms are treated with VANGUARD’s exclusive P2 phase coating to provide crystal clear images and resolution in any situation.
Normal coatings Special coatings
• Twist-out eyecup/Long eye relief/Smooth motion diopter ring
• Large focus adjustment wheel
FEATURES● Lightweight and compact● Multiple-position eyecups ● Long eye-relief ● Non-slip and extreme rubber armor
• Edge-to-edge clarity, high-contrast imagesand brilliant color reproduction
• Nitrogen-charged ando-ring sealed - 100%
waterproof and fogproof• Lightweight, open-bridge body design
• Long eye relief: twisted eyecups and smooth motion diopter ring
Spirit Plus 8360 Spirit Plus 8420 Spirit Plus 1042
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
836 mm
7.0°2.0 m |6.6 feet
122|367
125 x 120|4 7/8 x 4 3/4
530 g|18.7 oz55~75
17 mm
842 mm
6.3°2.5 m|8.2 feet
110|330
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.2 oz55~75
19 mm
1042 mm
6.0°2.5 m|8.2 feet
105|314
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.2 oz55~75
16 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Spirit XF 1042
1042 mm
6.35°2.1 m| 6.9 feet
111| 332
150 x 130| 5 7/8 x 5 1/8
665 g| 23.46 oz57~74
16 mm
Spirit XF 8420
842 mm
7.8°2.1 m|6.9 feet
136|409
150 x 130|5 7/8 x 5 1/8
700 g|24.69 oz57~74
20 mm
• Spirit Plus 1042
• Spirit XF 8420
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
LimitedLifetimeWarranty NEW
P2 Phase coating P2 Phase coating
VANGUARD Spirit Plus binoculars offer advanced quality with superior design and technical features, including BaK4 Roof prisms. It combines premium coatings and a solid construction to offer versatility never before introduced to the market.
Patented Spirit Plus binoculars are weather resistant, ensuring continuously dry lenses and a clear view even under the most extreme conditions with rain, snow or fog. Fully multi-coated lenses provide bright, crisp viewing with enhanced color contrast and true color reproduction. Spirit Plus is all about comfort, with long eye relief (up to 19 mm) and an ergonomic grip with thumb rest, so there’s no worry about it slipping from your hands. Its Emerald coating provides the most vivid and natural spectrum of color tones.
Spirit XF binoculars outshine other optics in its price class. Spirit XF offers outstanding image quality, weather resist-ance and user-friendly features! Expect edge-to-edge clarity, high-contrast images and brilliant color reproduction thanks to its BaK4 porro prisms and lens coatings. 100% water-proof and fogproof, Spirit XF is made to take on the outdoors and challenging weather with textured rubber armor for a secure grip and shock resistance. Compact and lightweight, Spirit XF has a unique open bridge body design so it’s lightweight, compact and comfortable to hold without tire.
Binoculars
Spirit Plus series Spirit XF seriesBinoculars
110 111
BinocularsOrros series
Venture Plus 1042GVenture Plus 8420G Venture Plus 1042G
Orros 8250 Orros 1025
Orros 8320 Orros 8420 Orros 1042
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
842 mm
6.3°|
|
|
2.5 m
110
148 x 129680 g |
8.2 feet
330
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
24 oz58~72
19 mm
1042 mm
5.8°2.8 m |
101 |
148 x 129 |680 g |
9.2 feet
304
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
24 oz58~72
17 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
832 mm
7°2.1 m | 6.9 feet
122 | 367
130 x 125 | 5 1/8 x 4 7/8
510 g | 18 oz58~74
16 mm
842 mm
6.25°2.1 m|6.9 feet
109|327
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.16 oz58~74
21 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
825 mm
6.5°|8.2 feet
|340
|4 3/8 x 4 3/4
2.5 m
114
110 x 120280 g|9.9 oz
58~72
12.5 mm
1025 mm
6.3°|8.2 feet
|330
|4 1/2 x 4 3/4
2.5 m
110
115 x 120280 g|9.9 oz
58~72
10 mm
1042 mm
5.7°2.1 m|6.9 feet
100|298
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.16 oz58~74
18 mm
FEATURES● Large focus adjustment wheel● Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:
fogproof and waterproof● Twist-out eyecups with long eye relief● Can be attached to a binocular adapter
(sold separately, See p.121)● Ergonomic grip with thumb rest● BaK4 roof prisms● Lightweight body: Easy to carry● Fully multi-coated lenses
FEATURES● 100% waterproof and fogproof● Crisp, clear viewing with BaK4
prisms and multi-coated lenses
● Non-slip armor● Large center focus adjustment
wheel
Large focus adjustment wheel• Versatile, multi-use binoculars
for general outdoor use•
Compact and lightweight•
Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed: fogproof and waterproof
•
• Venture Plus 8420G
• Orros 1042
5-YEARWARRANTY
5-YEARWARRANTYNEW
BinocularsVenture Plus series
Venture Plus is all about versatility, providing high quality, crisp color reproduction in any kind of setting. Venture Plus has BaK4 roof prisms and fully multi-coated lenses for brighter images and impressive focus, so you can get closer. The real beauty lies in Venture Plus’ long eye relief, large, quick center focus adjustment wheel and lightweight, ergonomic body that enables use for hours without tire. Venture Plus is nitrogen charged and O-ring sealed to be fogproof and waterproof.
Orros Series binoculars are trusted, go-to optics for any kind of outdoor adventure. Whether you’re fishing, hiking, hunting or cheering at a sporting event, Orros provides a crisp, high resolution image. BaK4 roof prisms and multi-coated lenses provide great light transmission with impressive brightness. Compact and lightweight, Orros is designed to be use for hours without tire.
O-ring sealed, they’re 100-percent waterproof and fogproof so they’ll never let you down in challenging weather or if they slip overboard. Textured rubber armor provides shock resistance and a comfortable, solid grip you can rely on even in slippery conditions. The large focus adjustment wheel enables you to make adjustments easily while wearing gloves.112 113
BinocularsOrros series
Venture Plus 1042GVenture Plus 8420G Venture Plus 1042G
Orros 8250 Orros 1025
Orros 8320 Orros 8420 Orros 1042
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
842 mm
6.3°|
|
|
2.5 m
110
148 x 129680 g |
8.2 feet
330
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
24 oz58~72
19 mm
1042 mm
5.8°2.8 m |
101 |
148 x 129 |680 g |
9.2 feet
304
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
24 oz58~72
17 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
832 mm
7°2.1 m | 6.9 feet
122 | 367
130 x 125 | 5 1/8 x 4 7/8
510 g | 18 oz58~74
16 mm
842 mm
6.25°2.1 m|6.9 feet
109|327
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.16 oz58~74
21 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
825 mm
6.5°|8.2 feet
|340
|4 3/8 x 4 3/4
2.5 m
114
110 x 120280 g|9.9 oz
58~72
12.5 mm
1025 mm
6.3°|8.2 feet
|330
|4 1/2 x 4 3/4
2.5 m
110
115 x 120280 g|9.9 oz
58~72
10 mm
1042 mm
5.7°2.1 m|6.9 feet
100|298
145 x 130|5 3/4 x 5 1/8
600 g|21.16 oz58~74
18 mm
FEATURES● Large focus adjustment wheel● Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed:
fogproof and waterproof● Twist-out eyecups with long eye relief● Can be attached to a binocular adapter
(sold separately, See p.121)● Ergonomic grip with thumb rest● BaK4 roof prisms● Lightweight body: Easy to carry● Fully multi-coated lenses
FEATURES● 100% waterproof and fogproof● Crisp, clear viewing with BaK4
prisms and multi-coated lenses
● Non-slip armor● Large center focus adjustment
wheel
Large focus adjustment wheel• Versatile, multi-use binoculars
for general outdoor use•
Compact and lightweight•
Nitrogen-charged and O-ring sealed: fogproof and waterproof
•
• Venture Plus 8420G
• Orros 1042
5-YEARWARRANTY
5-YEARWARRANTYNEW
BinocularsVenture Plus series
Venture Plus is all about versatility, providing high quality, crisp color reproduction in any kind of setting. Venture Plus has BaK4 roof prisms and fully multi-coated lenses for brighter images and impressive focus, so you can get closer. The real beauty lies in Venture Plus’ long eye relief, large, quick center focus adjustment wheel and lightweight, ergonomic body that enables use for hours without tire. Venture Plus is nitrogen charged and O-ring sealed to be fogproof and waterproof.
Orros Series binoculars are trusted, go-to optics for any kind of outdoor adventure. Whether you’re fishing, hiking, hunting or cheering at a sporting event, Orros provides a crisp, high resolution image. BaK4 roof prisms and multi-coated lenses provide great light transmission with impressive brightness. Compact and lightweight, Orros is designed to be use for hours without tire.
O-ring sealed, they’re 100-percent waterproof and fogproof so they’ll never let you down in challenging weather or if they slip overboard. Textured rubber armor provides shock resistance and a comfortable, solid grip you can rely on even in slippery conditions. The large focus adjustment wheel enables you to make adjustments easily while wearing gloves.112 113
BinocularsMZ/DM series
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Mariner
750 mm
7.6°4.0 m|13.1 feet
133|398
145 x 215|5 3/4 x 8 1/2
1130 g|39.9 oz58~72
20 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
DM-6250
625 mm
8.0°| 1.1 feet
| 419
| 3 3/4 x 1 1/8
0.35 m
140
95 x 30110 g| 3.9 oz
-
13.5 mm
DM-8250
825 mm
7.0°0.35 m |1.1 feet
122 |367
95 x 30 |3 3/4 x 1 1/8
110 g |3.9 oz-
8.6 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
MZ-82425C
8~2425 mm
3.8~2.0°0.35 m|1.1 feet
66~35|199~105
115 x 35|4 1/2 x 1 3/8
125 g|4.4 oz-
8.0 mm
MZ-61225C
6~1225 mm
4.0~2.4°|1.1 feet
|209~126
|4 1/2 x 1 3/8
0.35 m
70~42
115 x 35125 g|4.4 oz
-
8.0 mm
FEATURES● 100% waterproof and fogproof binoculars
(made for water sports and marine observation)● Fully multi-coated lenses● Non-silp rubber armor for firm grip and shock absorption● Compass with illuminator inside● BaK4 porro prisms
FEATURES● Fold-down rubber eyecup● Ocular focusing ring● Rugged rubber armor cover● Aluminum alloy body● Fully-coated optical glass
The large scale is integrated into the reticle to calculate distances. Illumated compass will help you find your way even in darkness.
100% waterproof• Compass with illuminator inside•
Includes soft carrying bag•
• Mariner
• MZ-82425C
• DM-8250
5-YEARWARRANTY
2-YEARWARRANTY
BinocularsMariner series
From your favorite thrilling water sports to relaxing beach observation, Mariner binocu-lars have the ultimate marine observation features that knock traditional optics into the water. Coupling an advanced optical system with superior water protection, it’s 100 percent waterproof (up to 16 feet/5 meters) and fogproof, so you will be worryfree about its safety. Focus Mariner from three meters to a virtually limitless distance. Mariner is constructed of durable fiberglass with reinforced plastic and covered with no-slip rubber armor.
Handy MZ monoculars are compact and lightweight, fitting nicely in a side pocket. Its great near focus and zoom power earn high marks on quality, making them comparable to traditional binoculars. Its metal body and soft folding eyecup provide years of great performance.
Great for on-the-go observa-tion, DM monoculars are lightweight and small enough to fit in a jacket or purse pocket. Don’t let the small size fool you; DM has great power for long distance viewing and a durable metal body with rubber armor. Tote these to any occasion.
MZ DM
114 115
BinocularsMZ/DM series
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Mariner
750 mm
7.6°4.0 m|13.1 feet
133|398
145 x 215|5 3/4 x 8 1/2
1130 g|39.9 oz58~72
20 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
DM-6250
625 mm
8.0°| 1.1 feet
| 419
| 3 3/4 x 1 1/8
0.35 m
140
95 x 30110 g| 3.9 oz
-
13.5 mm
DM-8250
825 mm
7.0°0.35 m |1.1 feet
122 |367
95 x 30 |3 3/4 x 1 1/8
110 g |3.9 oz-
8.6 mm
PowerDiameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View AngleNear Focus
Dimension (L x W )Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
MZ-82425C
8~2425 mm
3.8~2.0°0.35 m|1.1 feet
66~35|199~105
115 x 35|4 1/2 x 1 3/8
125 g|4.4 oz-
8.0 mm
MZ-61225C
6~1225 mm
4.0~2.4°|1.1 feet
|209~126
|4 1/2 x 1 3/8
0.35 m
70~42
115 x 35125 g|4.4 oz
-
8.0 mm
FEATURES● 100% waterproof and fogproof binoculars
(made for water sports and marine observation)● Fully multi-coated lenses● Non-silp rubber armor for firm grip and shock absorption● Compass with illuminator inside● BaK4 porro prisms
FEATURES● Fold-down rubber eyecup● Ocular focusing ring● Rugged rubber armor cover● Aluminum alloy body● Fully-coated optical glass
The large scale is integrated into the reticle to calculate distances. Illumated compass will help you find your way even in darkness.
100% waterproof• Compass with illuminator inside•
Includes soft carrying bag•
• Mariner
• MZ-82425C
• DM-8250
5-YEARWARRANTY
2-YEARWARRANTY
BinocularsMariner series
From your favorite thrilling water sports to relaxing beach observation, Mariner binocu-lars have the ultimate marine observation features that knock traditional optics into the water. Coupling an advanced optical system with superior water protection, it’s 100 percent waterproof (up to 16 feet/5 meters) and fogproof, so you will be worryfree about its safety. Focus Mariner from three meters to a virtually limitless distance. Mariner is constructed of durable fiberglass with reinforced plastic and covered with no-slip rubber armor.
Handy MZ monoculars are compact and lightweight, fitting nicely in a side pocket. Its great near focus and zoom power earn high marks on quality, making them comparable to traditional binoculars. Its metal body and soft folding eyecup provide years of great performance.
Great for on-the-go observa-tion, DM monoculars are lightweight and small enough to fit in a jacket or purse pocket. Don’t let the small size fool you; DM has great power for long distance viewing and a durable metal body with rubber armor. Tote these to any occasion.
MZ DM
114 115
Endeavor 82S
20~6082 mm
1.8~0.8°|
|
|
6~6.3 m
31~14
420 x 1201700 g|
19.7~20.7 feet
94~42
16 1/2 x 4 3/4
60 ozCenter focus Fine Tuning Focus
19 mm
Endeavor 65S
16~4865 mm
2.0~1.0°|14.8~16.4 feet
|105~52
|14 1/8 x 4 3/4
4.5~5 m
35~17
360 x 1201335 g|47.1 oz
Center focus Fine Tuning Focus
19 mm
Power
Diameter of Objective
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
Eye Relief
Power
Diameter of Objective
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
Eye Relief
Endeavor 82A
20~60
Center focus Fine Tuning Focus
82 mm
1.8~0.8°|
|
||
19.7~20.7 feet
94~42
16 3/8 x 6 3/4
61.4 oz
6~6.3 m
31~14
415 x 1701740 g
19 mm
Endeavor 65A
16~4865 mm
2.0~1.0°|
|
|
4.5~5 m
35~17
355 x 1701320 g |
14.8~16.4 feet
105~52
14 x 6 3/4
46.6 ozCenter focus Fine Tuning Focus
19 mm
FEATURES● Straight or angled viewing models● 100% waterproof and fogproof● BaK4 prism● Rubber armor for shock resistance Large focus wheel● Lightweight body design● Sold with carrying bag
• Large center focus wheel
• Long eye relief
• Includes rain coat
45-Degree viewEndeavor 82A/65A
180-Degree viewEndeavor 82S/65S
Inta
lling the eyepiece
Eyep
iece safety lock
• To attach the eyepiece to the spotting scope,align the white curved line located on the eyepiece with the
security pin on the spotting scope.Rotate the eyepiece counterclockwise until it clicks into place.
To detach the eyepiece from your spotting scope, unlock it by pushing the switch
located on near the base of the eyepiece and rotating the eyepiece clockwise.
•
PA-201•
PA-201 for Endeavor 65A/65S/82A/82S
PA camera adapterfor digiscoping
Camera adaptor sold separately. See page 121
Digiscoping accessories enables pairing of DSR/SLR cameras
with spotting scopes
•
SLR Camera(not included)
TA adapter ring
PA adapter
• Long eye relief
• Endeavor 82A(Tripod is not included)
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
100-percent waterproof and fogproof with extremely high-resolution, fully multi-coated lenses and a BaK4 prism, Endeavor Spotting Scope delivers bright, clear, high-contrast images even in low-light conditions.Endeavor’s durable-yet-lightweight, magnesium construction features rubber armor for shock resistance and a sunshield, so it can be used in any
kind of setting. A dual focus wheel system enables fast and fine-tuning focus adjustment.
Capture breathtaking, close-up images by using Endeavor’s easy-to-attach digital camera adaptor for digiscoping. It’s a great alternative to purchasing expensive interchangeable telephoto lenses.
Spotting scopesEndeavor scopes series
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
116 117
Endeavor 82S
20~6082 mm
1.8~0.8°|
|
|
6~6.3 m
31~14
420 x 1201700 g|
19.7~20.7 feet
94~42
16 1/2 x 4 3/4
60 ozCenter focus Fine Tuning Focus
19 mm
Endeavor 65S
16~4865 mm
2.0~1.0°|14.8~16.4 feet
|105~52
|14 1/8 x 4 3/4
4.5~5 m
35~17
360 x 1201335 g|47.1 oz
Center focus Fine Tuning Focus
19 mm
Power
Diameter of Objective
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
Eye Relief
Power
Diameter of Objective
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
Eye Relief
Endeavor 82A
20~60
Center focus Fine Tuning Focus
82 mm
1.8~0.8°|
|
||
19.7~20.7 feet
94~42
16 3/8 x 6 3/4
61.4 oz
6~6.3 m
31~14
415 x 1701740 g
19 mm
Endeavor 65A
16~4865 mm
2.0~1.0°|
|
|
4.5~5 m
35~17
355 x 1701320 g |
14.8~16.4 feet
105~52
14 x 6 3/4
46.6 ozCenter focus Fine Tuning Focus
19 mm
FEATURES● Straight or angled viewing models● 100% waterproof and fogproof● BaK4 prism● Rubber armor for shock resistance Large focus wheel● Lightweight body design● Sold with carrying bag
• Large center focus wheel
• Long eye relief
• Includes rain coat
45-Degree viewEndeavor 82A/65A
180-Degree viewEndeavor 82S/65S
Inta
lling the eyepiece
Eyep
iece safety lock
• To attach the eyepiece to the spotting scope,align the white curved line located on the eyepiece with the
security pin on the spotting scope.Rotate the eyepiece counterclockwise until it clicks into place.
To detach the eyepiece from your spotting scope, unlock it by pushing the switch
located on near the base of the eyepiece and rotating the eyepiece clockwise.
•
PA-201•
PA-201 for Endeavor 65A/65S/82A/82S
PA camera adapterfor digiscoping
Camera adaptor sold separately. See page 121
Digiscoping accessories enables pairing of DSR/SLR cameras
with spotting scopes
•
SLR Camera(not included)
TA adapter ring
PA adapter
• Long eye relief
• Endeavor 82A(Tripod is not included)
LimitedLifetimeWarranty
100-percent waterproof and fogproof with extremely high-resolution, fully multi-coated lenses and a BaK4 prism, Endeavor Spotting Scope delivers bright, clear, high-contrast images even in low-light conditions.Endeavor’s durable-yet-lightweight, magnesium construction features rubber armor for shock resistance and a sunshield, so it can be used in any
kind of setting. A dual focus wheel system enables fast and fine-tuning focus adjustment.
Capture breathtaking, close-up images by using Endeavor’s easy-to-attach digital camera adaptor for digiscoping. It’s a great alternative to purchasing expensive interchangeable telephoto lenses.
Spotting scopesEndeavor scopes series
© P
ete W
ebb
- www
.pet
eweb
b.co
m
116 117
Power
Diameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Power
Diameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
High Plains 550
12~50
50 mm
3.0~1.0°
9.0~12.0 m|29.5~39.4 feet
52~17|157~52
235 x 115|9 1/4 x 4 1/2
515 g|18.2 oz
Ocular focus
11~16 mm
High Plains 551
12~50
50 mm
3.0~1.0°
9.0~12.0 m|29.5~39.4 feet
52~17|157~52
225 x 90|8 7/8 x 3 1/2
515 g|18.2 oz
Ocular focus
11~16 mm
High Plains 560
15~45
60 mm
2.1~1.2°
8.0~9.0 m|26.3~29.5 feet
37~21|110~63
330 x 150|13 x 5 7/8
1175 g|41.4 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
18~22 mm
High Plains 561
15~45
60 mm
2.1~1.2°
8.0~9.0 m |26.3~29.5 feet
37~21|110~63
325 x 120|12 3/4 x 4 4/3
1130 g|39.9 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
18~22 mm
High Plains 580
20~60
80 mm
1.5~0.8°
13.0~16.0 m| 42.7~52.2 feet
26~14| 78~42
420 x 150| 16 1/2 x 5 7/8
1610 g| 56.8 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
16~22 mm
High Plains 581
20~60
80 mm
1.5~0.8°
13.0~16.0 m|42.7~52.2 feet
26~14|78~42
410 x 120|16 1/8 x 4 3/4
1585 g|55.9 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
16~22 mm
FEATURES● Fully multi-coated lenses● 100% waterproof (O-ring sealed) and
fogproof (Nitrogen charged)● BaK4 prisms● Available with 45-degree angled
(models 550, 560, 580) eyepiece● Rotating cuff (for 45° eyepiece scope)● Large center focus wheel● Long eye relief● Fold-down eyecup
• Long eye relief
• Large center focus wheel
• High Plains 500 Series comes with table tripod, soft bag, and cleaning cloth.
● 45-Degree view :High Plains 550/560/580
Fast Aiming LineYou've spotted an object through High Plains' advanced spotting scope technology. Its additional view piece provides an important initial view, and this aids in focus adjustment so you can get closer to the object faster.
• High Plains 560
5-YEARWARRANTY
Take observation to a new level with razor sharp images. High Plains spotting scopes combine the latest optical technology with enhanced user features for quicker adjustment and easier handling. They have fully multi-coated lenses, BaK4 prisms and 60 or 80mm-diameter objective lenses for superior image quality, clearer viewing and impressive light transmission. High Plains is all about easy handling, with a large center focus wheel, long eye relief and a fold-down eyecup for use with or without eyeglasses.
High Plains seriesSpotting scopes
Available with 45-degree angle eyepiece, all models are accompanied by an acces-sory kit that includes a hard case and tripod. High Plains 500 Series models include a tripod. Its two-way pan head provides smooth movement, and its quick fasten plate enables easy set up and removal. The hard case has steel reinforced corners and an interior with high density, pre-cut foam and flexible hook-and-loop straps for the ultimate spotting scope protection.
118 119
Power
Diameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
Power
Diameter of Objective
Field of View (m/1000| ft/1000yds)
View Angle
Near Focus
Dimension (L x W )
Weight
Adjustable interpupillary
Eye Relief
High Plains 550
12~50
50 mm
3.0~1.0°
9.0~12.0 m|29.5~39.4 feet
52~17|157~52
235 x 115|9 1/4 x 4 1/2
515 g|18.2 oz
Ocular focus
11~16 mm
High Plains 551
12~50
50 mm
3.0~1.0°
9.0~12.0 m|29.5~39.4 feet
52~17|157~52
225 x 90|8 7/8 x 3 1/2
515 g|18.2 oz
Ocular focus
11~16 mm
High Plains 560
15~45
60 mm
2.1~1.2°
8.0~9.0 m|26.3~29.5 feet
37~21|110~63
330 x 150|13 x 5 7/8
1175 g|41.4 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
18~22 mm
High Plains 561
15~45
60 mm
2.1~1.2°
8.0~9.0 m |26.3~29.5 feet
37~21|110~63
325 x 120|12 3/4 x 4 4/3
1130 g|39.9 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
18~22 mm
High Plains 580
20~60
80 mm
1.5~0.8°
13.0~16.0 m| 42.7~52.2 feet
26~14| 78~42
420 x 150| 16 1/2 x 5 7/8
1610 g| 56.8 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
16~22 mm
High Plains 581
20~60
80 mm
1.5~0.8°
13.0~16.0 m|42.7~52.2 feet
26~14|78~42
410 x 120|16 1/8 x 4 3/4
1585 g|55.9 oz
Inter focusing via central focusing knob
16~22 mm
FEATURES● Fully multi-coated lenses● 100% waterproof (O-ring sealed) and
fogproof (Nitrogen charged)● BaK4 prisms● Available with 45-degree angled
(models 550, 560, 580) eyepiece● Rotating cuff (for 45° eyepiece scope)● Large center focus wheel● Long eye relief● Fold-down eyecup
• Long eye relief
• Large center focus wheel
• High Plains 500 Series comes with table tripod, soft bag, and cleaning cloth.
● 45-Degree view :High Plains 550/560/580
Fast Aiming LineYou've spotted an object through High Plains' advanced spotting scope technology. Its additional view piece provides an important initial view, and this aids in focus adjustment so you can get closer to the object faster.
• High Plains 560
5-YEARWARRANTY
Take observation to a new level with razor sharp images. High Plains spotting scopes combine the latest optical technology with enhanced user features for quicker adjustment and easier handling. They have fully multi-coated lenses, BaK4 prisms and 60 or 80mm-diameter objective lenses for superior image quality, clearer viewing and impressive light transmission. High Plains is all about easy handling, with a large center focus wheel, long eye relief and a fold-down eyecup for use with or without eyeglasses.
High Plains seriesSpotting scopes
Available with 45-degree angle eyepiece, all models are accompanied by an acces-sory kit that includes a hard case and tripod. High Plains 500 Series models include a tripod. Its two-way pan head provides smooth movement, and its quick fasten plate enables easy set up and removal. The hard case has steel reinforced corners and an interior with high density, pre-cut foam and flexible hook-and-loop straps for the ultimate spotting scope protection.
118 119
Emerald CoatingAR Coating (Anti-Reflection)-
Waterproof
Anti-reflection
AR Coating on all air-to-surface lenses dramatically minimizes light reflection on the lens. Coupledwith fully multi-coated treatment, it ensures near perfect light transmission and image recognition, enabling the brightest images possible, even on the sunniest days.
The VANGUARD Emerald coating is specifically designed to provide the full spectrum of color within the band of green tones. This coating is essential for nature enthusiasts, because it ensures the most vivid and natural shades of green.
Nitrogen charged and O-ring sealed, waterproof and fogproof to take on challenging weather conditions.
ED Glass P2 Phase Coating V-Max Coating
P2
ED glass effectively reduces color dispersion and enhances color resolution and contrast. Different light wavelengths do not come to the same point after passing the lens. ED glass helps to correct this problem. As a result, the image is sharper.
Developed for enhanced image clarity and true color reproduction, P2 Phase Coating treatment to BaK4 prisms creates crystal clear images and high resolution observa-tion.
V-Max Silver Coating is among the most cutting-edge lens treatments in optics, providing crisper, more vivid images and sharper contrast due to impressive light reflection.
A non-coated optical glass lens or prism reflects about 10% of the light incidentally on one of its surfaces, allowing only about 90% of the light to pass through.
A single layer coating on the lens and prism surfaces reduce the level of reflected light to about 4%, and substantially reduces ghost images of bright objects.
More sophisticated multi-coatings of 4 to 15 layers further reduce reflected light and can result in total light transmission through a lens or prism of 99% or more. Multi-coatings on VANGUARD optics products usually are 4 to 10 layers.
Incidentallight
Multicoating
99%0.5% 0.5%
Incidentallight
One layercoating
96%2% 2%
Incidentallight
Nocoating
90%
5% 5%
Binocular Basics
Angle & Field of View (F.O.V.)
1000 yards367 yards
70° 7 0°
The angle is measured in degrees and describes the portion of a 360-degree circle that you can see measured in feet/meters and describes the width of the viewing area that can be seen from 1,000 yards/meters. Binoculars that feature wide angles are better for fast action, because they have a wider of view.
Exit Pupil
Eye Relief
Exit pupil
Exit Pupil Diameter (mm) = Objective Lens
DiameterPower
The exit pupil is the bright circle seen when looking into the eyepiece of a binocular from a distance of about 30 cm (12 inches). To determine the size, divide the objective lens diameter by the power (a 10 x 50 model has an exit pupil of 5 mm). A binocular with a round exit pupil is considered higher quality than one with visibly shaded areas.
Eye Relief
Eye Relief
Eye relief is the distance an eyepiece can be held away form the eye and still present the full field of view. General distance: 11~13mm. Long eye relief 16mm
BA seriestripod adapters
- By attaching this adapter you can easily mount your binoculars to a tripod for more stable viewing
- Works with all VANGUARD roof prism binoculars
Binocular tripod adapter
BA-185
TA seriesSLR Camera(not included)
TA adapter ring
PA adapter
TA-100 For Sony DSLR CameraTA-101 For Nikon DSLR CameraTA-106 For Canon DSLR Camera
TA adapter ring
TA-100 / TA-101 / TA-106
Digiscoping accessories enables pairing of DSR/SLRcameras with spotting scopes
for digiscopingPA series
PA-107 for High Plains 560/561/580/581
PA-110 for High Plains 550/551PA-201 for Endeavor
65A/65S/82A/82S
PA camera adapter
for digiscoping
Screen ProtectorsGreat for use on camera LCD screens, Protector Series keeps sensitive screens safe and scratch-free. Various sizes fit an array of cameras.
- Holds 4 CF cards- Dimensions: 100 x 60 x
15mm; 4 x2 3/8 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: Aluminum
MCC 11
- Holds 8 SD cards- Dimensions: 100 x 60 x
15mm; 4 x 2 3/8 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: Aluminum
MCC 12
- Holds 4 CF cards- Dimensions: 103 x 50 x
15mm; 4 x 2 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 41
- Holds 6 SD cards- Dimensions: 95 x 46 x
13mm; 3 3/4 x1 7/8 x 1/2 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 42
- Holds 3 CF cards- Dimensions: 60 x 60 x
18mm; 2 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 7/8 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 31
Protector 45
Protector 46
- Dimensions: 46 x 61 mm; 1 3/4 x 2 3/8 inches- Chart: for 3.0” LCD
- Dimensions: 52.3 x 70.1 mm; 2 x 2 3/4 inches- Chart: for 3.5” LCD
Protector 44
Protector 43
- Dimensions: 42 x 55 mm; 1 5/8 x 2 1/2inches- Chart: Special for SONY DC 2.7”
- Dimensions: 38 x 50.5 mm; 1 1/2 x 2 inches- Chart: For 2.5” LCD
- Holds 6 SD cards- Dimensions: 60 x 60 x
18mm; 2 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 7/8 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 32
Memory Card Cases
- Holds 6 CF cards- Dimensions: 100 x 60 x
15mm; 4 x 2 3/8 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: ABS Sheet
MCC 21
- Holds 12 SD cards- Dimensions: 110 x 65 x
20mm; 4 3/8 x 2 5/8 x 3/4 inches
- Materials: ABS Sheet
MCC 22
Phase coating
NEW
AccessoriesTechnical
Lenses, Prisms & CoatingsVANGUARD’s advanced optical technology on lenses and prisms reduces glare and deliversexcellent color reproduction for sharp, clear images.
120 121
Emerald CoatingAR Coating (Anti-Reflection)-
Waterproof
Anti-reflection
AR Coating on all air-to-surface lenses dramatically minimizes light reflection on the lens. Coupledwith fully multi-coated treatment, it ensures near perfect light transmission and image recognition, enabling the brightest images possible, even on the sunniest days.
The VANGUARD Emerald coating is specifically designed to provide the full spectrum of color within the band of green tones. This coating is essential for nature enthusiasts, because it ensures the most vivid and natural shades of green.
Nitrogen charged and O-ring sealed, waterproof and fogproof to take on challenging weather conditions.
ED Glass P2 Phase Coating V-Max Coating
P2
ED glass effectively reduces color dispersion and enhances color resolution and contrast. Different light wavelengths do not come to the same point after passing the lens. ED glass helps to correct this problem. As a result, the image is sharper.
Developed for enhanced image clarity and true color reproduction, P2 Phase Coating treatment to BaK4 prisms creates crystal clear images and high resolution observa-tion.
V-Max Silver Coating is among the most cutting-edge lens treatments in optics, providing crisper, more vivid images and sharper contrast due to impressive light reflection.
A non-coated optical glass lens or prism reflects about 10% of the light incidentally on one of its surfaces, allowing only about 90% of the light to pass through.
A single layer coating on the lens and prism surfaces reduce the level of reflected light to about 4%, and substantially reduces ghost images of bright objects.
More sophisticated multi-coatings of 4 to 15 layers further reduce reflected light and can result in total light transmission through a lens or prism of 99% or more. Multi-coatings on VANGUARD optics products usually are 4 to 10 layers.
Incidentallight
Multicoating
99%0.5% 0.5%
Incidentallight
One layercoating
96%2% 2%
Incidentallight
Nocoating
90%
5% 5%
Binocular Basics
Angle & Field of View (F.O.V.)
1000 yards367 yards
70° 7 0°
The angle is measured in degrees and describes the portion of a 360-degree circle that you can see measured in feet/meters and describes the width of the viewing area that can be seen from 1,000 yards/meters. Binoculars that feature wide angles are better for fast action, because they have a wider of view.
Exit Pupil
Eye Relief
Exit pupil
Exit Pupil Diameter (mm) = Objective Lens
DiameterPower
The exit pupil is the bright circle seen when looking into the eyepiece of a binocular from a distance of about 30 cm (12 inches). To determine the size, divide the objective lens diameter by the power (a 10 x 50 model has an exit pupil of 5 mm). A binocular with a round exit pupil is considered higher quality than one with visibly shaded areas.
Eye Relief
Eye Relief
Eye relief is the distance an eyepiece can be held away form the eye and still present the full field of view. General distance: 11~13mm. Long eye relief 16mm
BA seriestripod adapters
- By attaching this adapter you can easily mount your binoculars to a tripod for more stable viewing
- Works with all VANGUARD roof prism binoculars
Binocular tripod adapter
BA-185
TA seriesSLR Camera(not included)
TA adapter ring
PA adapter
TA-100 For Sony DSLR CameraTA-101 For Nikon DSLR CameraTA-106 For Canon DSLR Camera
TA adapter ring
TA-100 / TA-101 / TA-106
Digiscoping accessories enables pairing of DSR/SLRcameras with spotting scopes
for digiscopingPA series
PA-107 for High Plains 560/561/580/581
PA-110 for High Plains 550/551PA-201 for Endeavor
65A/65S/82A/82S
PA camera adapter
for digiscoping
Screen ProtectorsGreat for use on camera LCD screens, Protector Series keeps sensitive screens safe and scratch-free. Various sizes fit an array of cameras.
- Holds 4 CF cards- Dimensions: 100 x 60 x
15mm; 4 x2 3/8 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: Aluminum
MCC 11
- Holds 8 SD cards- Dimensions: 100 x 60 x
15mm; 4 x 2 3/8 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: Aluminum
MCC 12
- Holds 4 CF cards- Dimensions: 103 x 50 x
15mm; 4 x 2 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 41
- Holds 6 SD cards- Dimensions: 95 x 46 x
13mm; 3 3/4 x1 7/8 x 1/2 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 42
- Holds 3 CF cards- Dimensions: 60 x 60 x
18mm; 2 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 7/8 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 31
Protector 45
Protector 46
- Dimensions: 46 x 61 mm; 1 3/4 x 2 3/8 inches- Chart: for 3.0” LCD
- Dimensions: 52.3 x 70.1 mm; 2 x 2 3/4 inches- Chart: for 3.5” LCD
Protector 44
Protector 43
- Dimensions: 42 x 55 mm; 1 5/8 x 2 1/2inches- Chart: Special for SONY DC 2.7”
- Dimensions: 38 x 50.5 mm; 1 1/2 x 2 inches- Chart: For 2.5” LCD
- Holds 6 SD cards- Dimensions: 60 x 60 x
18mm; 2 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 7/8 inches
- Materials: PP Sheet
MCC 32
Memory Card Cases
- Holds 6 CF cards- Dimensions: 100 x 60 x
15mm; 4 x 2 3/8 x 5/8 inches
- Materials: ABS Sheet
MCC 21
- Holds 12 SD cards- Dimensions: 110 x 65 x
20mm; 4 3/8 x 2 5/8 x 3/4 inches
- Materials: ABS Sheet
MCC 22
Phase coating
NEW
AccessoriesTechnical
Lenses, Prisms & CoatingsVANGUARD’s advanced optical technology on lenses and prisms reduces glare and deliversexcellent color reproduction for sharp, clear images.
120 121
Easy to use
Lens Cleaning Kits
Ultra Lens Cleaner (ULC)3 functions in 1 with air blower, brush,and soft polishing tip
- 50 mm 2.0 inch rubber bulb diameter- 185 mm 7.3 inch long
Airblower
BrushFlexiblepolishingtip
Capped air blowerwith soft rubber tip
Retractable, scratch-free soft-touch brush
Flexible tip cleaningsolution dispenser
Power Lens Cleaner (PLC)
Power lens cleaner
Triple function cleaning pen with air blower,brush and soft polishing tip
- 45 mm rubber bulb diameter- 165 mm long
Microfiber cleaning cloth300 x 300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)
Airblower
Brush
Flexiblepolishingtip
Cleaningcloth
Brush Flexible polishing tip Cleaning cloth
2-in-1 Cleaning Kit (CK2N1)Compact lens cleaner with soft microfibercleaning cloth. Compact size is great for travel.
Lens cleaner- 17 mm diameter- 95 mm long
Microfiber cleaning cloth300 x 300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)
Airblower Flexible
polishingtip
Brush
Alcohol-free, all-natural cleaning solution
Ultra-soft microfiber, non-lintingcleaning cloth
3-in-1 Cleaning Kit (CK3N1)
45 mm rubber bulb diameter165 mm long
Power lens cleaner
300 x 300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)Microfiber cleaning cloth
Cleaning liquidCleaning liquid spray bottle: 30 ml
Triple-function power lens cleaner with soft microfiber cleaning cloth with cleaning solution. Great for camera lenses and other electronics.
6-in-1 Cleaning Kit (CK6N1)Great for cameras, computer screens, TVs,cell phones, and other electronics devices.
45 mm rubber bulb diameter165 mm long
300 x300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)
Cleaning liquid spray bottle: 60 ml
(6 pcs/set)
(10 pcs/set)
(30 pcs/set)Cleaning kit carrying bag
Power lens cleaner
Microfiber cleaning cloth
Cleaning liquid
Pre-moistened and dry lens combo
Cleaning sticks
Cleaning tissue
Rub tissue.Then apply to lensAlcohol-free, all-natural cleaning liquid and
cleaning cloth
Cotton-tipped sticks for cleaning crevices & edges
Accessories
122 123
Easy to use
Lens Cleaning Kits
Ultra Lens Cleaner (ULC)3 functions in 1 with air blower, brush,and soft polishing tip
- 50 mm 2.0 inch rubber bulb diameter- 185 mm 7.3 inch long
Airblower
BrushFlexiblepolishingtip
Capped air blowerwith soft rubber tip
Retractable, scratch-free soft-touch brush
Flexible tip cleaningsolution dispenser
Power Lens Cleaner (PLC)
Power lens cleaner
Triple function cleaning pen with air blower,brush and soft polishing tip
- 45 mm rubber bulb diameter- 165 mm long
Microfiber cleaning cloth300 x 300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)
Airblower
Brush
Flexiblepolishingtip
Cleaningcloth
Brush Flexible polishing tip Cleaning cloth
2-in-1 Cleaning Kit (CK2N1)Compact lens cleaner with soft microfibercleaning cloth. Compact size is great for travel.
Lens cleaner- 17 mm diameter- 95 mm long
Microfiber cleaning cloth300 x 300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)
Airblower Flexible
polishingtip
Brush
Alcohol-free, all-natural cleaning solution
Ultra-soft microfiber, non-lintingcleaning cloth
3-in-1 Cleaning Kit (CK3N1)
45 mm rubber bulb diameter165 mm long
Power lens cleaner
300 x 300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)Microfiber cleaning cloth
Cleaning liquidCleaning liquid spray bottle: 30 ml
Triple-function power lens cleaner with soft microfiber cleaning cloth with cleaning solution. Great for camera lenses and other electronics.
6-in-1 Cleaning Kit (CK6N1)Great for cameras, computer screens, TVs,cell phones, and other electronics devices.
45 mm rubber bulb diameter165 mm long
300 x300 mm (11 3/4 x 11 3/4 inches)
Cleaning liquid spray bottle: 60 ml
(6 pcs/set)
(10 pcs/set)
(30 pcs/set)Cleaning kit carrying bag
Power lens cleaner
Microfiber cleaning cloth
Cleaning liquid
Pre-moistened and dry lens combo
Cleaning sticks
Cleaning tissue
Rub tissue.Then apply to lensAlcohol-free, all-natural cleaning liquid and
cleaning cloth
Cotton-tipped sticks for cleaning crevices & edges
Accessories
122 123
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Endeavor ED 8420Endeavor ED 1042Endeavor ED 8545Endeavor ED 1045
Endeavor ED series
8 12210 114
8.5 114
10.5 105
367340
340
314
154 x 130154 x 130
159 x 130
156 x 130
6 x 5 1/8
6 x 5 1/8
6 1/4 x 5 1/8
6 1/8 x 5 1/8
7.06.5
6.5
6.0
1916.5
19
17
730730
770
760
25.825.8
27.2
26.8
58~7458~74
58.5~73
58.5~73
8.28.2
8.2
9.8
2.52.5
2.5
3.0
42
42
45
45
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Spirit ED 8360Spirit ED 8420Spirit ED 1042
Spirit ED series
8 1228 110
10 105
367330
314
125 x 120145 x 125
145 x 125
4 7/8 x 4 3/4
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
7.06.3
6.0
1719
16
530640
640 22.6 55~75
18.722.6
55~7555~75
6.68.2
9.2
2.02.5
2.8
36
42
42
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Spirit Plus 8360Spirit Plus 8420Spirit Plus 1042
Spirit Plus series & Spirit XF series
8 1228 110
10 105
367330
314
125 x 120145 x 130
145 x 130
4 7/8 x 4 3/4
5 3/4 x 5 1/8
5 3/4 x 5 1/8
7.06.3
6.0
1719
16
530600
600 21.2 55~75
18.721.2
55~7555~75
6.68.2
8.2
2.02.5
2.5
36
42
42
Spirit XF 8420 8 136 409 150 x 130 5 7/8 x 5 1/87.8 20 700 24.69 57~746.92.142
Spirit XF 1042 10 111 332 150 x 130 5 7/8 x 5 1/86.35 16 665 23.46 57~746.92.142
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Venture Plus 8420GVenture Plus 1042G
Orros 8250Orros 1025
Venture Plus series & Orros series
8 11010 101
8 114
10 110
330304
340
330
148 x 129148 x 129
110 x 120
115 x 120
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
4 3/8 x 4 3/4
4 1/2 x 4 3/4
6.35.8
6.5
6.3
1917
12.5
10
680680
280
280
2424
9.9
9.9
58~7258~72
58~72
58~72
8.29.2
8.2
8.2
2.52.8
2.5
2.5
42
42
25
25
Orros 8320 8
Orros 8420 8
Orros 1042 10
122 367 130 x 125 5 1/8 x 4 7/87.0 16 510 18 58~746.92.132
109 327 145 x 130 5 3/4 x 5 1/86.25 21 600 21.16 58~746.92.142
100 298 145 x 130 5 3/4 x 5 1/85.7 18 600 21.16 58~746.92.142
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
MarinerMZ-61225CMZ-82425C
Mariner series & MZ/DM series
7 1336~12 70~42
8~24 66~35
398209~126
199~105
145 x 215115 x 35
115 x 35
5 3/4 x 8 1/2
4 1/2 x 1 3/8
4 1/2 x 1 3/8
7.64.0~2.4
3.8~2.0
208.0
8.0
1130125
125 4.4 -
39.94.4
58~72-
13.11.1
1.1
4.00.35
0.35
50
25
25
DM-6250 6 140 419 95 x 30 3 3/4 x 1 1/88.0 13.5 110 3.9 -1.10.3525
DM-8250 8 122 367 95 x 30 3 3/4 x 1 1/87.0 8.6 110 3.9 -1.10.3525
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Endeavor 82AEndeavor 82SEndeavor 65AEndeavor 65S
Endeavor series
20~60 31~1420~60 31~14
16~48 35~17
16~48 35~17
94~4294~42
105~52
105~52
415 x 170420 x 120
355 x 170
360 x 120
16 3/8 x 6 3/4
16 1/2 x 4 3/4
14 x 6 3/4
14 1/8 x 4 3/4
1.8~0.81.8~0.8
2.0~1.0
2.0~1.0
1919
19
19
17401700
1320
1335
61.460
46.6
47.1
Center focus FineTuning Focus
Center focus FineTuning Focus
Center focus FineTuning Focus
Center focus FineTuning Focus
19.7~20.719.7~20.7
14.8~16.4
14.8~16.4
6~6.36~6.3
4.5~5
4.5~5
82
82
65
65
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
High Plains 550High Plains 551High Plains 560
High Plains series
12~50 52~1712~50 52~17
15~45 37~21
157~52157~52
110~63
235 x 115225 x 90
330 x 150
9 1/4 x 4 1/2
8 7/8 x 3 1/2
13 x 5 7/8
3.0~1.03.0~1.0
2.1~1.2
11~1611~16
18~22
515515
1175 41.4 Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
18.218.2
Ocular focus
Ocular focus
29.5~39.429.5~39.4
26.3~29.5
9~129~12
8~9
50
50
60
High Plains 561 15~45 37~21 110~63 325 x 120 12 3/4 x 4 4/32.1~1.2 18~22 1130 39.926.3~29.58~960
High Plains 580 20~60 26~14 78~42 420 x 150 16 1/2 x 5 7/81.5~0.8 16~22 1610 56.8 Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
42.7~52.213~1680
High Plains 581 20~60 26~14 78~42 410 x 120 16 1/8 x 4 3/41.5~0.8 16~22 1585 55.942.7~52.213~1680
124 125
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Endeavor ED 8420Endeavor ED 1042Endeavor ED 8545Endeavor ED 1045
Endeavor ED series
8 12210 114
8.5 114
10.5 105
367340
340
314
154 x 130154 x 130
159 x 130
156 x 130
6 x 5 1/8
6 x 5 1/8
6 1/4 x 5 1/8
6 1/8 x 5 1/8
7.06.5
6.5
6.0
1916.5
19
17
730730
770
760
25.825.8
27.2
26.8
58~7458~74
58.5~73
58.5~73
8.28.2
8.2
9.8
2.52.5
2.5
3.0
42
42
45
45
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Spirit ED 8360Spirit ED 8420Spirit ED 1042
Spirit ED series
8 1228 110
10 105
367330
314
125 x 120145 x 125
145 x 125
4 7/8 x 4 3/4
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
5 3/4 x 4 7/8
7.06.3
6.0
1719
16
530640
640 22.6 55~75
18.722.6
55~7555~75
6.68.2
9.2
2.02.5
2.8
36
42
42
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Spirit Plus 8360Spirit Plus 8420Spirit Plus 1042
Spirit Plus series & Spirit XF series
8 1228 110
10 105
367330
314
125 x 120145 x 130
145 x 130
4 7/8 x 4 3/4
5 3/4 x 5 1/8
5 3/4 x 5 1/8
7.06.3
6.0
1719
16
530600
600 21.2 55~75
18.721.2
55~7555~75
6.68.2
8.2
2.02.5
2.5
36
42
42
Spirit XF 8420 8 136 409 150 x 130 5 7/8 x 5 1/87.8 20 700 24.69 57~746.92.142
Spirit XF 1042 10 111 332 150 x 130 5 7/8 x 5 1/86.35 16 665 23.46 57~746.92.142
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Venture Plus 8420GVenture Plus 1042G
Orros 8250Orros 1025
Venture Plus series & Orros series
8 11010 101
8 114
10 110
330304
340
330
148 x 129148 x 129
110 x 120
115 x 120
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
5 7/8 x 5 1/8
4 3/8 x 4 3/4
4 1/2 x 4 3/4
6.35.8
6.5
6.3
1917
12.5
10
680680
280
280
2424
9.9
9.9
58~7258~72
58~72
58~72
8.29.2
8.2
8.2
2.52.8
2.5
2.5
42
42
25
25
Orros 8320 8
Orros 8420 8
Orros 1042 10
122 367 130 x 125 5 1/8 x 4 7/87.0 16 510 18 58~746.92.132
109 327 145 x 130 5 3/4 x 5 1/86.25 21 600 21.16 58~746.92.142
100 298 145 x 130 5 3/4 x 5 1/85.7 18 600 21.16 58~746.92.142
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
MarinerMZ-61225CMZ-82425C
Mariner series & MZ/DM series
7 1336~12 70~42
8~24 66~35
398209~126
199~105
145 x 215115 x 35
115 x 35
5 3/4 x 8 1/2
4 1/2 x 1 3/8
4 1/2 x 1 3/8
7.64.0~2.4
3.8~2.0
208.0
8.0
1130125
125 4.4 -
39.94.4
58~72-
13.11.1
1.1
4.00.35
0.35
50
25
25
DM-6250 6 140 419 95 x 30 3 3/4 x 1 1/88.0 13.5 110 3.9 -1.10.3525
DM-8250 8 122 367 95 x 30 3 3/4 x 1 1/87.0 8.6 110 3.9 -1.10.3525
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
Endeavor 82AEndeavor 82SEndeavor 65AEndeavor 65S
Endeavor series
20~60 31~1420~60 31~14
16~48 35~17
16~48 35~17
94~4294~42
105~52
105~52
415 x 170420 x 120
355 x 170
360 x 120
16 3/8 x 6 3/4
16 1/2 x 4 3/4
14 x 6 3/4
14 1/8 x 4 3/4
1.8~0.81.8~0.8
2.0~1.0
2.0~1.0
1919
19
19
17401700
1320
1335
61.460
46.6
47.1
Center focus FineTuning Focus
Center focus FineTuning Focus
Center focus FineTuning Focus
Center focus FineTuning Focus
19.7~20.719.7~20.7
14.8~16.4
14.8~16.4
6~6.36~6.3
4.5~5
4.5~5
82
82
65
65
Power Diameter of Objective
mm
Field of View
m/1000 ft/1000yds
View Angle
(°)
Eye Relief
mm
Dimension (L x W )
mm inches
Weight
g oz
Adjustable interpupillary
mm
Near Focus
m feet
High Plains 550High Plains 551High Plains 560
High Plains series
12~50 52~1712~50 52~17
15~45 37~21
157~52157~52
110~63
235 x 115225 x 90
330 x 150
9 1/4 x 4 1/2
8 7/8 x 3 1/2
13 x 5 7/8
3.0~1.03.0~1.0
2.1~1.2
11~1611~16
18~22
515515
1175 41.4 Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
18.218.2
Ocular focus
Ocular focus
29.5~39.429.5~39.4
26.3~29.5
9~129~12
8~9
50
50
60
High Plains 561 15~45 37~21 110~63 325 x 120 12 3/4 x 4 4/32.1~1.2 18~22 1130 39.926.3~29.58~960
High Plains 580 20~60 26~14 78~42 420 x 150 16 1/2 x 5 7/81.5~0.8 16~22 1610 56.8 Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
Inter focusing viacentral focusing knob
42.7~52.213~1680
High Plains 581 20~60 26~14 78~42 410 x 120 16 1/8 x 4 3/41.5~0.8 16~22 1585 55.942.7~52.213~1680
124 125
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
© Yv
es K
rier -
www
.yves
krie
r.com
TRIPODS | CASES | BAGS | SPORTING OPTICS2012 PHOTO-VIDEO COLLECTION